Lincoln Corsair Manuals

Lincoln Corsair: Supplemental Restraint System / Diagnosis and Testing - Airbag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Lincoln Corsair 2020-2024 Service Manual / Body and Paint / Body and Paint / Supplemental Restraint System / Diagnosis and Testing - Airbag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices.
REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).

NOTE: Unlisted Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are often retrieved as a result of incorrect repair procedures. Before attempting any repairs for unlisted Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), check the vehicle service history for recent repairs. For RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) not listed in this chart,

  • Repair all other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) before attempting to repair any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) not listed in this chart.
  • If no other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are retrieved, CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the self-test. If the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) return, VERIFY that the RCM is the correct part number for the vehicle application, and INSTALL As-Built data following scan tool instructions under Module Programming > As-Built.
  • Inspect the RCM and RCM connectors for any damaged pins or connections.

  Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart


Module   DTC Description Action
  BECMB B00A0:11 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  BECMB B00A0:12 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  BECMB B1123:11 Restraints Ignition Relay: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  BECMB B1123:12 Restraints Ignition Relay: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  BECMB B1142:62 Ignition Status 1: Signal Compare Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  BECMB B11D9:13 Vehicle Battery: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  BECMB B13BF:14 Run/Start: Input: Circuit Short to Ground or Open   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  BECMB U0100:87 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM “A”: Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test BN
  BECMB U0140:87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module: Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test BO
  BECMB U1000:00 Solid State Driver Protection Active -Driver Disabled: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BP
  BECMB U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BQ
  BECMB U3000:49 Control Module: Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BR
  DDM B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation   GO to Pinpoint Test BS
  OCSM B0061:11 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  OCSM B0061:12 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  OCSM B0061:13 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  OCSM B0061:64 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  OCSM B00A0:62 Occupant Classification System: Signal Compare Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  OCSM B00C0:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B00C0:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B00C0:16 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B00C0:49 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B00C0:7B Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Low Fluid Level   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B00C2:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C": Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B00C2:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C": Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM U0100:00 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM “A”: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BF
  OCSM U0151:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Control Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BG
  OCSM U024C:00 Lost Communication with Seat Control Module "H": No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BH
  OCSM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BI
  OCSM U3000:41 Control Module: General Checksum Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BJ
  OCSM U3000:42 Control Module: General Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BJ
  OCSM U3000:46 Control Module: Calibration/Parameter Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BJ
  OCSM U3000:54 Control Module: Missing Calibration   GO to Pinpoint Test BK
  OCSM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
  OCSM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
  PDM B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation   GO to Pinpoint Test BS
  RCM B0001:11 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:12 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:13 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:1A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:2B Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0001:4A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0002:11 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:12 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:13 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:1A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:2B Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0002:4A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0004:11 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:12 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:13 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:1A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:2B Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0004:4A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0005:11 Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0005:12 Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0005:13 Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0005:1A Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0005:2B Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0005:4A Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0010:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0010:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0010:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0010:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0010:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0010:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0011:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0011:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0011:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0011:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0011:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0011:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0013:11 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0013:12 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0013:13 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0013:1A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0013:2B Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0050:11 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0050:12 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0050:13 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0050:1D Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0050:2B Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0050:4A Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0052:11 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0052:12 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0052:13 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0052:1D Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0052:2B Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0052:4A Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0054:11 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0054:12 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0054:13 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0054:1D Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0054:2B Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0054:4A Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0070:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0070:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0070:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0070:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0070:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0070:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0072:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B0072:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B0072:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B0072:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B0072:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0072:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B007E:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007E:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007E:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007E:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007E:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B007E:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B007F:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B007F:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B007F:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B007F:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B007F:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B007F:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0082:11 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B0082:12 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B0082:13 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B0082:1A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B0082:2B Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0082:4A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00A0:09 Occupant Classification System: Component Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00A0:4A Occupant Classification System: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00A0:63 Occupant Classification System: Circuit / Component Protection Time-Out   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00A0:64 Occupant Classification System: Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00A0:68 Occupant Classification System: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:11 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00B5:12 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00B5:13 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00B5:1D Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00B5:2B Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00B5:4A Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00C5:11 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  RCM B00C5:12 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  RCM B00C5:13 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  RCM B00C5:1D Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  RCM B00C5:2B Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00C5:4A Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00D5:12 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test S
  RCM B00D5:14 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Circuit Short To Ground Or Open   GO to Pinpoint Test S
  RCM B00D5:4A Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test T
  RCM B11CF:11 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:12 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:13 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:1A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:2B Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B11CF:4A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B11D8:12 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  RCM B11D8:14 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Ground Or Open   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  RCM B1202:12 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1202:14 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Circuit Short To Ground Or Open   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1202:4A Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1404:11 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:12 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:13 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:1A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:2B Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1404:4A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1405:11 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:12 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:13 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:1A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:2B Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1405:4A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1407:11 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:12 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:13 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:1A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:2B Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1407:4A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1408:11 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:12 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:13 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:1A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:2B Passenger Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1408:4A Passenger Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B140A:11 Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140A:12 Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140A:13 Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140A:1A Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140A:2B Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140A:4A Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B140B:11 Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140B:12 Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140B:13 Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140B:1A Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140B:2B Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140B:4A Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B140C:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140C:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140C:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140C:1D Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140C:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140C:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B140D:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140D:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140D:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140D:1D Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140D:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140D:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1410:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:1A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1410:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1412:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:1A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1412:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1413:11 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1413:12 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1413:13 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1413:2B Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1413:4A Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1413:81 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1413:96 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1414:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1414:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1414:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1414:2B Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1414:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1414:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1414:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1415:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1415:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1415:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1415:2B Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1415:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1415:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1415:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1417:11 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1417:12 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1417:13 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1417:2B Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1417:4A Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1417:81 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1417:96 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1418:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1418:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1418:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1418:2B Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1418:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1418:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1418:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1419:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1419:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1419:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1419:2B Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1419:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1419:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1419:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B142D:00 Pyrotechnic End of Life Activation Performed: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM B1492:68 Fuel Cutoff Event: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM C0061:68 Lateral Acceleration Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0062:68 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0063:68 Yaw Rate Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0064:68 Roll Rate Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0065:68 Vertical Acceleration Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM U0028:88 Vehicle Communication Bus A: Bus Off   GO to Pinpoint Test AP
  RCM U0100:00 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM "A": No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BF
  RCM U0112:00 Lost Communication With Battery Energy Control Module "B": No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AQ
  RCM U0140:00 Lost Communication with Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AR
  RCM U0154:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Occupant Classification System Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AS
  RCM U0253:00 Lost Communication with Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AT
  RCM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0401:81 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0413:00 Invalid Data Received From Battery Energy Control Module "B": No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0413:92 Invalid Data Received From Battery Energy Control Module "B": Performance Or Incorrect Operation   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0422:00 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0422:81 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0455:81 Invalid Data Received From Restraints Occupant Classification System Module: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0554:00 Invalid Data Received From Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U2024:51 Control Module Cal-Config Data: Not Programmed   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  RCM U2024:57 Control Module Cal-Config Data: Invalid/Incompatible Software Component   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  RCM U2101:00 Control Module Configuration Incompatible: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AP
  RCM U2200:00 Control Module Configuration Memory Corrupt: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U2300:55 Central Configuration: Not Configured   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  RCM U2300:64 Central Configuration: Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  RCM U3000:04 Control Module: System Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U3000:46 Control Module: Calibration / Parameter Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U3000:49 Control Module: Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
  RCM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AZ

Global Customer Symptom Code (GCSC) Chart

Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices.
REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).


Symptom Action
Driver Aid & Information > Warning Indicators/Messages/Chimes > Airbag > Flashes GO to Pinpoint Test BT
Safe & Secure > Air Bag > Front Passenger > Non-Deployment GO to Pinpoint Test BT
Safe & Secure > Air Bag > Head/Canopy/Curtain > Non-Deployment GO to Pinpoint Test BT
Safe & Secure > Air Bag > Knee > Non-Deployment GO to Pinpoint Test BT
Safe & Secure > Air Bag > Side > Non-Deployment GO to Pinpoint Test BT
Safe & Secure > Air Bag > 2nd Row/Rear > Non-Deployment GO to Pinpoint Test BT

Symptom Chart(s)

Symptom Chart: Supplemental Restraint System

Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices.
REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).


  Symptom Chart


Condition Actions
A module does not respond to the diagnostic scan tool  
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).
An audible tone sounds within 60 seconds of ignition ON   GO to Pinpoint Test BT
The airbag indicator is flashing   GO to Pinpoint Test BT
The airbag warning indicator is illuminated continuously   GO to Pinpoint Test BT

Pinpoint Tests


PINPOINT TEST A: B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13, B0001:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver airbag stage 1 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13 or B0001:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0001:11 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:12 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:13 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:1A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

A1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13 or B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A2
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A12
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A15
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A2 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_00_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1800 and 5000 mOhms?
Yes GO to A19
No GO to A3

A3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_00_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID .

Does the PID value stay between 1800 and 5000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness or INSTALL a new clockspring as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No For PID value less than 1800 mOhms, GO to A4
For PID value greater than 5000 mOhms, GO to A8

A4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:1A to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A17
No GO to A5

A5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:1A to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A6

A6 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C216A-1   C216A-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No GO to A7

A7 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C310A, pin 29, component side C310A, pin 30, component side

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes REPAIR the driver airbag stage 1 circuit(s) for a short together.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No GO to A19

A8 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-29   C216A-1
      C310A-30   C216A-2

Are the resistances less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to A10
No GO to A9

A9 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-29   C218A-1
      C310A-30   C218A-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to A18
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24

A10 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C216A-1   C216A-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Was DTC B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A17
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A11

A11 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C218A-1   C218A-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Was DTC B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A18
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A19

A12 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:11 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A17
No GO to A13

A13 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:11 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A14

A14 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   Ground
      C218A-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar. REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24

A15 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:12 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A16

A16 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   Ground
      C218A-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar. REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No GO to A19

A17 CONFIRM THE DRIVER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Driver Airbag C216A and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver airbag.
REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A18 CONFIRM THE CLOCKSPRING FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A .
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A19 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A20 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_00_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1800 and 5000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23
No If the driver airbag PID indicates incorrect resistance only when the steering wheel is rotated, INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For all other faults, DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information. GO to A24

A21 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23

A22 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23

A23 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Airbag C216A Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tab to verify that it is correctly seated and free of damage.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A24

A24 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST B: B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13, B0002:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver airbag stage 2 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13 or B0002:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • Connections
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0002:11 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:12 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:13 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:1A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

B1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13 or B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B2
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B11
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B14
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B2 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_01_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1800 and 5000 mOhms?
Yes GO to B18
No GO to B3

B3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_01_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1800 and 5000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR the connector, terminals or wiring harness or INSTALL a new clockspring as needed. REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No For PID value less than 1800 mOhms, GO to B4
For PID value greater than 5000 mOhms, GO to B7

B4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:1A to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B16
No GO to B5

B5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag / clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:1A to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B6

B6 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   C218A-4

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B7 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-22   C216B-1
      C310A-21   C216B-2

Are the resistances less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to B9
No GO to B8

B8 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-22   C218A-3
      C310A-21   C218A-4

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to B17
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B9 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C216B-1   C216B-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. Stage 1 shows an open circuit fault because the driver airbag is disconnected.

Was DTC B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B10

B10 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C218A-3   C218A-4
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. Stage 1 shows an open circuit fault because the driver airbag is disconnected.

Was DTC B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B17
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B18

B11 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:11 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B16
No GO to B12

B12 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:11 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B13

B13 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   Ground
      C218A-4   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B14 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:12 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B15

B15 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   Ground
      C218A-4   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No GO to B18

B16 CONFIRM THE DRIVER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Driver Airbag C216B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected) .
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver airbag.
REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B17 CONFIRM THE CLOCKSPRING FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B18 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B19 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_01_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1800 and 5000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22
No If the driver airbag PID indicates incorrect resistance only when the steering wheel is rotated, INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For all other faults, DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information. GO to B23

B20 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22

B21 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22

B22 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Airbag C216B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tab to verify that it is correctly seated and free of damage.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B23

B23 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST C: B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13, B0004:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver knee airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver knee airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13 or B0004:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver knee airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0004:11 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:12 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:13 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:1A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver knee airbag
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

C1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13 and B0004:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver knee airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C2
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C8
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver knee airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C2 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_02_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to C12
No GO to C3

C3 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_02_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver knee airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to C4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to C6

C4 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:1A to B0004:13?
Yes GO to C11
No GO to C5

C5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   C2432-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C6 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-5   C2432-1
      C310A-6   C2432-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to C7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C7 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C2432-1   C2432-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:13 to B0004:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to C11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to C12

C8 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:11 to B0004:13?
Yes GO to C11
No GO to C9

C9 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   Ground
      C2432-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C10 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   Ground
      C2432-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No GO to C12

C11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Knee Airbag C2432 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver knee airbag.
REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to C17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver knee airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to C17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C13 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_02_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C14 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16

C15 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16

C16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Knee Airbag C2432 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C17

C17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Install the driver knee airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST D: B0005:11, B0005:12, B0005:13, B0005:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the adaptive energy absorption steering column circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted adaptive energy absorption steering column

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0005:11, B0005:12, B0005:13 or B0005:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Adaptive Energy Absorption steering column
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0005:11 Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either adaptive energy absorption steering column circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0005:12 Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either adaptive energy absorption steering column circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0005:13 Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the adaptive energy absorption steering column circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0005:1A Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the adaptive energy absorption steering column circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Adaptive energy absorption steering column
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

D1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0005:11, B0005:12, B0005:13 and B0005:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0005:13 or B0005:1A, GO to D2
For DTC B0005:11, GO to D8
For DTC B0005:12, GO to D10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0005:13 or B0005:1A, GO to D13
For DTC B0005:11, GO to D14
For DTC B0005:12, GO to D15

D2 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_04_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_04_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to D12
No GO to D3

D3 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_04_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_04_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the adaptive energy absorption steering column circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wiring harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wiring harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to D4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to D6

D4 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the adaptive energy absorption steering column disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0005:1A to B0005:13?
Yes GO to D11
No GO to D5

D5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2369-1   C2369-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to D12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17

D6 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-10   C2369-1
      C310A-9   C2369-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to D7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17

D7 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C2369-1   C2369-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the adaptive energy absorption steering column circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0005:13 to B0005:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to D11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to D12

D8 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the adaptive energy absorption steering column disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0005:11 to B0005:13?
Yes GO to D11
No GO to D9

D9 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2369-1   Ground
      C2369-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to D12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17

D10 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2369-1   Ground
      C2369-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17
No GO to D12

D11 CONFIRM THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new adaptive energy absorption steering column.
REFER to: Steering Column (211-04 Steering Column, Removal and Installation).
GO to D17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0005:13 or B0005:1A, GO to D13
For DTC B0005:11, GO to D14

D12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to D17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0005:13 or B0005:1A, GO to D13
For DTC B0005:11, GO to D14
For DTC B0005:12, GO to D15

D13 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_04_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_04_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17

D14 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0005:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D16

D15 CHECK THE ADAPTIVE ENERGY ABSORPTION STEERING COLUMN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0005:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D16

D16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Adaptive Energy Absorption Steering Column C2369 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D17

D17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the appropriate DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST E: B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13, B0010:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13 or B0010:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0010:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

E1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13 or B0010:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to E2
For DTC B0010:11, GO to E9
For DTC B0010:12, GO to E11
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to E14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to E15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to E16

E2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_05_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to E13
No GO to E3

E3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_05_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to E4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to E7

E4 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on passenger airbag stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:1A to B0010:13?
Yes GO to E12
No GO to E5

E5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-1   C256-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to E13
No GO to E6

E6 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C310A-28 component side C310A-27 component side

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes REPAIR the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for a short together.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18
No GO to E13

E7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-28   C256-1
      C310A-27   C256-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to E8
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18

E8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256-1   C256-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:13 to B0010:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to E12
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to E13

E9 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:11 to B0010:13?
Yes GO to E12
No GO to E10

E10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-1   Ground
      C256-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to E13
No Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar.
REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18

E11 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-1   Ground
      C256-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar.
REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18
No GO to E13

E12 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Passenger Airbag C256 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to E18
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to E14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to E15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to E16

E13 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to E18
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to E14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to E15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to E16

E14 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_05_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E17
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18

E15 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E17

E16 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E17

E17 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E18

E18 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST F: B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13, B0011:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13 or B0011:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0011:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

F1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13 and B0011:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to F2
For DTC B0011:11, GO to F8
For DTC B0011:12, GO to F10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to F15

F2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_06_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to F12
No GO to F3

F3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_06_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to F4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to F6

F4 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved on passenger airbag stage 2. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:1A to B0011:13?
Yes GO to F11
No GO to F5

F5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-4   C256-5

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F6 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-23   C256-4
      C310A-24   C256-5

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to F7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256-4   C256-5
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:13 to B0011:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to F11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to F12

F8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:11 to B0011:13?
Yes GO to F11
No GO to F9

F9 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-4   Ground
      C256-5   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-4   Ground
      C256-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No GO to F12

F11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to F17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to F15

F12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to F17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to F15

F13 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_06_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F14 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16

F15 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16

F16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F17

F17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST G: B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13, B0013:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger knee airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger knee airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13 or B0013:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger knee airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0013:11 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:12 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:13 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:1A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger knee airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

G1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13 and B0013:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to G2
For DTC B0013:11, GO to G8
For DTC B0013:12, GO to G10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to G13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to G14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to G15

G2 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_07_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to G12
No GO to G3

G3 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_07_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to G4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to G6

G4 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:1A to B0013:13?
Yes GO to G11
No GO to G5

G5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   C2433-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to G12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17

G6 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-3   C2433-1
      C310A-4   C2433-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to G7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17

G7 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C2433-1   C2433-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:13 to B0013:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to G11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to G12

G8 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:11 to B0013:13?
Yes GO to G11
No GO to G9

G9 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   Ground
      C2433-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to G12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17

G10 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   Ground
      C2433-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17
No GO to G12

G11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger knee airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to G17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to G13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to G14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to G15

G12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 (if previously disconnected) .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to G17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to G13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to G14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to G15

G13 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_07_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID .

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17

G14 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G16

G15 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G16

G16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G17

G17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST H: B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13, B0050:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted driver seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0050:11 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:12 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:13 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:1D Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt buckle
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

H1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0050:11 or B0050:1D, GO to H2
For DTC B0050:12, GO to H4
For DTC B0050:13, GO to H5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to H10

H2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3200 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the driver seat position sensor and driver side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0050:11 or B0050:1D to B0050:13?
Yes GO to H8
No For DTC B0050:11, GO to H3
For DTC B0050:1D, GO to H9

H3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3200-5   Ground
      C3200-5   C3200-6

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to H9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3200 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3200-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11
No GO to H9

H5 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3200 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3200-5   C3200-6
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the driver seat position sensor and driver side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0050:13 to B0050:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to H8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to H6

H6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-54   C3200-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to H7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3200-6   C310B-53

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to H9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H8 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3200 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to H11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H10

H9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3200 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to H11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H10

H10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3200 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0050:11 or B0050:1D, GO to H2
For DTC B0050:12, GO to H4
For DTC B0050:13, GO to H5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H11

H11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST I: B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13, B0052:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0052:11 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:12 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:13 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:1D Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt buckle
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

I1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0052:11 or B0052:1D, GO to I2
For DTC B0052:12, GO to I4
For DTC B0052:13, GO to I5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to I10

I2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the passenger seat position sensor and passenger side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0052:11 or B0052:1D to B0052:13?
Yes GO to I8
No For DTC B0052:11, GO to I3
For DTC B0052:1D, GO to I9

I3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-5   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to I9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11
No GO to I9

I5 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3300-5   C3300-6
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the passenger seat position sensor and passenger side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0052:13 to B0052:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to I8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to I6

I6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-55   C3300-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to I7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-6   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to I9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I8 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to I11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I10

I9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to I11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I10

I10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0052:11 or B0052:1D, GO to I2
For DTC B0052:12, GO to I4
For DTC B0052:13, GO to I5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I11

I11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST J: B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 AND B0054:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the second row center seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0054:11 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the center rear seatbelt buckle sensor circuit.
RCM B0054:12 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the center rear seatbelt buckle sensor circuit.
RCM B0054:13 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either center rear seatbelt buckle sensor circuit.
RCM B0054:1D Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the center rear seatbelt buckle sensor circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Center rear seatbelt buckle
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

J1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0054:11 or B0054:1D, GO to J2
For DTC B0054:12, GO to J4
For DTC B0054:13, GO to J5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to J10

J2 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the center rear seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the center rear seat position sensor and center rear side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0054:11 or B0054:1D to B0054:13?
Yes GO to J8
No For DTC B0054:11, GO to J3
For DTC B0054:1D, GO to J9

J3 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-1   Ground
      C3559-1   C3559-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to J9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J11

J4 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J11
No GO to J9

J5 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3559-1   C3559-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the center rear seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the center rear seat position sensor and center rear side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0054:13 to B0054:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to J8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to J6

J6 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-57   C3559-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to J7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J11

J7 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-2   C310B-53

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to J9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J11

J8 CONFIRM THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new center rear seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Rear Center Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to J11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J10

J9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to J11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J10

J10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0054:11 or B0054:1D, GO to J2
For DTC B0054:12, GO to J4
For DTC B0054:13, GO to J5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J11

J11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST K: B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13, B0070:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13 or B0070:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0070:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

K1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13 and B0070:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to K2
For DTC B0070:11, GO to K8
For DTC B0070:12, GO to K10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to K15

K2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_29_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to K12
No GO to K3

K3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_29_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to K4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to K6

K4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:1A to B0070:13?
Yes GO to K11
No GO to K5

K5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065B-1   C3065B-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-52   C3065B-1
      C310B-51   C3065B-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to K7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3065B-1   C3065B-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:13 to B0070:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to K11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to K12

K8 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:11 to B0070:13?
Yes GO to K11
No GO to K9

K9 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065B-1   Ground
      C3065B-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K10 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065B-1   Ground
      C3065B-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No GO to K12

K11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner C3065B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to K17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to K15

K12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to K17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to K15

K13 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_29_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K14 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16

K15 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16

K16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065B.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner C3065B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K17

K17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST L: B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13, B0072:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13 or B0072:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0072:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

L1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13 and B0072:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to L2
For DTC B0072:11, GO to L8
For DTC B0072:12, GO to L10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to L14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to L15

L2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_30_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to L12
No GO to L3

L3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_30_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to L4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to L6

L4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:1A to B0072:13?
Yes GO to L11
No GO to L5

L5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303C-1   C303C-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-49   C303C-1
      C310B-50   C303C-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to L7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C303C-1   C303C-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:13 to B0072:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to L11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to L12

L8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:11 to B0072:13?
Yes GO to L11
No GO to L9

L9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303C-1   Ground
      C303C-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303C-1   Ground
      C303C-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No GO to L12

L11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to L17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to L14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to L15

L12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to L17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to L14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to L15

L13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_30_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16

L15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16

L16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C303C and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L17

L17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST M: B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13, B007E:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13 or B007E:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B007E:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

M1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13 or B007E:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to M2
For DTC B007E:11, GO to M8
For DTC B007E:12, GO to M10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to M15

M2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_23_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to M12
No GO to M3

M3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_23_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to M4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to M6

M4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:1A to B007E:13?
Yes GO to M11
No GO to M5

M5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065A-1   C3065A-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-20   C3065A-1
      C310B-19   C3065A-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to M7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3065A-1   C3065A-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:13 to B007E:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to M11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to M12

M8 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:11 to B007E:13?
Yes GO to M11
No GO to M9

M9 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065A-1   Ground
      C3065A-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M10 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065A-1   Ground
      C3065A-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No GO to M12

M11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt retractor.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to M17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to M15

M12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to M17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to M15

M13 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_23_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M14 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16

M15 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16

M16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3065A .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M17

M17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
    Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST N: B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13, B007F:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13 or B007F:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B007F:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

N1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13 or B007F:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to N2
For DTC B007F:11, GO to N8
For DTC B007F:12, GO to N10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to N14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to N15

N2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_24_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to N12
No GO to N3

N3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_24_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to N4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to N6

N4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:1A to B007F:13?
Yes GO to N11
No GO to N5

N5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303A-1   C303A-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-9   C303A-1
      C310B-10   C303A-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to N7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C303A-1   C303A-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:13 to B007F:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to N11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to N12

N8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:11 to B007F:13?
Yes GO to N11
No GO to N9

N9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303A-1   Ground
      C303A-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303A-1   Ground
      C303A-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No GO to N12

N11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt retractor.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to N17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to N14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to N15

N12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to N17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to N14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to N15

N13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_24_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16

N15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16

N16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303A .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N17

N17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST O: B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13, B0082:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger load limiter circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger load limiter pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13 or B0082:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger load limiter pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0082:11 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt load limiter circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:12 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt load limiter circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:13 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:1A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt load limiter
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

O1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13 and B0082:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to O2
For DTC B0082:11, GO to O8
For DTC B0082:12, GO to O10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to O13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to O14
For DTC B0082:12, GO to O15

O2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_26_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to O12
No GO to O3

O3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_26_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wiring harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to O4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to O6

O4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:1A to B0082:13?
Yes GO to O11
No GO to O5

O5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303B-1   C303B-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to O12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17

O6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-11   C303B-1
      C310B-12   C303B-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to O7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17

O7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C303B-1   C303B-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:13 to B0082:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to O11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to O12

O8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:11 to B0082:13?
Yes GO to O11
No GO to O9

O9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303B-1   Ground
      C303B-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to O12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17

O10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303B-1   Ground
      C303B-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17
No GO to O12

O11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt retractor (includes load limiter).
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to O17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to O13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to O14

O12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to O17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to O13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to O14
For DTC B0082:12, GO to O15

O13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_26_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to O16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17

O14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to O16

O15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to O16

O16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C303B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to O17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to O17

O17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST P: B00A0:09, B00A0:63, B00A0:64, B00A0:68

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM is in constant communication with various control modules on the HS-CAN . One of those modules is the OCSM . The RCM continuously monitors the HS-CAN for fault messages reported by the OCSM . The RCM also checks for the correct identification of the OCSM . If the RCM receives fault message(s) from the OCSM , it stores DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:4A, B00A0:63, B00A0:64 or B00A0:68 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00A0:09 Occupant Classification System: Component Failures A fault is indicated when the RCM receives a message from the OCSM that a fault exists within the OCS .
RCM B00A0:63 Occupant Classification System: Circuit/Component Protection Time-Out A fault is indicated when the RCM receives 8 or more invalid states from the OCSM .
RCM B00A0:64 Occupant Classification System: Signal Plausibility Failure A fault is indicated when the RCM receives messages containing upper or lower data limits other than limits stored in memory.
RCM B00A0:68 Occupant Classification System: Event Information A fault is indicated when the RCM receives a message from the OCSM that indicates an OCS fault is present.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • OCSM
  • OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

P1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:4A, B00A0:63, B00A0:64 or B00A0:68 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:63 or B00A0:68, RETRIEVE Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM and DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
For DTC B00A0:4A or B00A0:64, GO to P2
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to P5

P2 VERIFY THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the OCSM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the parts catalog and verify the correct OCSM is present in the vehicle.

Is the correct OCSM installed?
Yes GO to P3
No INSTALL the correct OCSM .
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to P5

P3 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the RCM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the parts catalog and verify the correct RCM is present in the vehicle.

Is the correct RCM installed?
Yes GO to P4
No INSTALL the correct RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to P5

P4 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONFIGURATION
  • Carry out PMI for the RCM . Manually enter As-Built data. Refer to the diagnostic scan tool instructions when carrying out PMI .
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:4A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to P5
No The fault is corrected. GO to P5

P5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Q: B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13, B00B5:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seat position sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted driver seat position sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 or B00B5:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00B5:11 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:12 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:13 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:1D Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seat position sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Q1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 and B00B5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D, GO to Q2
For DTC B00B5:12, GO to Q4
For DTC B00B5:13, GO to Q5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to Q10

Q2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seat position sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D to B00B5:13?
Yes GO to Q8
No For DTC B00B5:11, GO to Q3
For DTC B00B5:1D, GO to Q9

Q3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Q9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11
No GO to Q9

Q5 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C356-2   C356-1
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seat position sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00B5:13 to B00B5:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Q8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Q6

Q6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-27   C356-2

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Q7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-1   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to Q9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q8 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect . Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 (if previously disconnected)
  • Connect . Driver Seat Position Sensor C356
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seat position sensor.
REFER to: Seat Position Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Q11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q10

Q9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Q11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q10

Q10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 and B00B5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D, GO to Q2
For DTC B00B5:12, GO to Q4
For DTC B00B5:13, GO to Q5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q11

Q11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST R: B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13, B00C5:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seat position sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted passenger seat position sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 or B00C5:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00C5:11 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:12 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:13 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:1D Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seat position sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

R1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 and B00C5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D, GO to R2
For DTC B00C5:12, GO to R4
For DTC B00C5:13, GO to R5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to R10

R2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seat position sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D to B00C5:13?
Yes GO to R8
No For DTC B00C5:11, GO to R3
For DTC B00C5:1D, GO to R9

R3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3240-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to R9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to R11

R4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3240-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to R11
No GO to R9

R5 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3240-2   C3240-1
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seat position sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00C5:13 to B00C5:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to R8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to R6

R6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-28   C3240-2

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to R7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to R11

R7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3240-1   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to R9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to R11

R8 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seat position sensor.
REFER to: Seat Position Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to R11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to R10

R9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to R11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to R10

R10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 and B00C5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D, GO to R2
For DTC B00C5:12, GO to R4
For DTC B00C5:13, GO to R5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to R11

R11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST S: B00D5:12, B00D5:14

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM briefly activates each LED in the PAD indicator to prove-out and verify correct functional operation of the PAD indicator to the occupants.

The RCM monitors the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted PAD indicator

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00D5:12 or B00D5:14 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00D5:12 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuit.
RCM B00D5:14 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Circuit Short To Ground Or Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an short to ground or and open on the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuit. An open on the ignition voltage supply circuit to the PAD indicator also sets this DTC .

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • PAD indicator
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

S1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00D5:12 or B00D5:14 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00D5:14, GO to S2
For DTC B00D5:12, GO to S8
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to S11

S2 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR "OFF" LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to S4
No GO to S3

S3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to S10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to S12

S4 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR "OFF" LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8 C310A-20.

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to S5
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to S12

S5 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT AT THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR FOR VOLTAGE
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-7   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes GO to S7
No GO to S6

S6 CONFIRM OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) COMMUNICATION WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC SCAN TOOL
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a Network Test.

Does the OCSM respond to the network test?
Yes REPAIR the open PAD indicator voltage supply circuit. GO to S12
No DIAGNOSE the OCSM communication concern.
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).
GO to S12

S7 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C310A-20   Ground
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Monitor the PAD indicator.

Does the PAD indicator illuminate?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to S10
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire, INSTALL a new PAD indicator.
REFER to: Overhead Console (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
GO to S12

S8 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR "OFF" LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to S12
No GO to S9

S9 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the PAD indicator disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved for the "ON" LED and the "OFF" LED control circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00D5:12 to B00D5:14?
Yes INSTALL a new PAD indicator.
REFER to: Overhead Console (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
GO to S12
No GO to S10

S10 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all restraint system components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to S12
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to S11

S11 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.

    • Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s)/connector(s).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00D5:12 or B00D5:14 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00D5:14, GO to S2
For DTC B00D5:12, GO to S8
No CHECK for causes of intermittent open, short to ground or short to voltage on the PAD indicator control circuit. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to S12

S12 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Reconnect all SRS components (if previously disconnected).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and, if equipped, BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST T: B1193:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to the vehicle being in a crash.

Possible Sources

  • RCM
T1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new RCM and impact sensors.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST U: B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13, B11CF:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag adaptive canister vent

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag adaptive canister vent
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B11CF:11 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:12 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:13 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:1A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag adaptive canister vent
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

U1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13 and B11CF:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U2
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U8
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U15

U2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_08_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to U12
No GO to U3

U3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_08_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to U4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to U6

U4 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:1A to B11CF:13?
Yes GO to U11
No GO to U5

U5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-7   C256-8

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to U12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U6 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-7   C256-7
      C310A-8   C256-8

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to U7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256-7   C256-8
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:13 to B11CF:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to U11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to U12

U8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:11 to B11CF:13?
Yes GO to U11
No GO to U9

U9 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-7   Ground
      C256-8   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to U12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256-7   Ground
      C256-8   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No GO to U12

U11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag (includes canister vent).
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to U17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U15

U12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to U17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U15

U13 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_08_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U14 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U16

U15 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U16

U16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U17

U17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST V: B11D8:12, B11D8:14

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM transmits an event notification signal which communicates crash status and SRS deployment status to the BCM . When the BCM receives an event notification signal which indicates a crash, it initiates fuel cut-off.

The RCM monitors the event notification signal circuit for the following faults:

  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Open circuit

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B11D8:12 or B11D8:14 in memory. The airbag warning indicator does not illuminate if B11D8:12 or B11D8:14 is set.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B11D8:12 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B11D8:14 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Ground Or Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground or an open on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • BCM
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

V1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:12 or B11D8:14 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B11D8:14, GO to V2
For DTC B11D8:12, GO to V5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to V8

V2 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect BCM C2280F .
  • Disconnect PCM C1551B (2.0L or 2.3L).
  • Disconnect Inline C219 (PHEV ).
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-42   C2280F-13

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to V3
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to V9

V3 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280F-13   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to V4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to V9

V4 CONFIRM THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) OR RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:14 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM .
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation). CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the RCM self-test.
If DTC B11D8:14 returns, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to V9
If DTC B11D8:14 does not return, GO to V9
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to V8

V5 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Disconnect BCM C2280F .
  • Disconnect PCM C1551B (2.0L or 2.3L).
  • Disconnect Inline C219 (PHEV ).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to V6
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM .
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
GO to V9

V6 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280F-13   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to V9
No GO to V7

V7 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to V9
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to V8

V8 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280F .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BCM C2280F .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:12 or B11D8:14 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B11D8:14, GO to V2
For DTC B11D8:12, GO to V5
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to V9

V9 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST W: B1202:12, B1202:14

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The PAD indicator is part of the overhead console and cannot be serviced separately.

The RCM briefly activates each LED in the PAD indicator to prove-out and verify correct functional operation of the PAD indicator to the occupants.

The RCM monitors the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted PAD indicator

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1202:12 or B1202:14 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1202:12 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuit.
RCM B1202:14 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Circuit Short To Ground Or Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuit. An open on the ignition voltage supply circuit to the PAD indicator also sets this DTC .

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • PAD indicator
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

W1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1202:12 or B1202:14 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1202:14, GO to W2
For DTC B1202:12, GO to W8
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to W11

W2 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR "ON" LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to W4
No GO to W3

W3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to W10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W12

W4 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR "ON" LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   C310A-13

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to W5
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W12

W5 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT AT THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR FOR VOLTAGE
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-7   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes GO to W7
No GO to W6

W6 CONFIRM OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) COMMUNICATION WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC SCAN TOOL
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a Network Test.

Does the OCSM respond to the network test?
Yes REPAIR the open PAD indicator voltage supply circuit. GO to W12
No DIAGNOSE the OCSM communication concern.
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).
GO to W12

W7 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-13   Ground
  • Ignition ON.
  • Monitor the PAD indicator.

Does the PAD indicator illuminate?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to W10
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new PAD indicator.
REFER to: Overhead Console (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
Refer to the appropriate section in Group 415 for the procedure. GO to W12

W8 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR "ON" LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W12
No GO to W9

W9 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the PAD indicator disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved for the "ON" LED and the "OFF" LED control circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1202:12 to B1202:14?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new PAD indicator.
REFER to: Overhead Console (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
GO to W12
No GO to W10

W10 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all restraint system components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to W12
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W11

W11 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.

    • Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect PAD Indicator C930.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1202:12 or B1202:14 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1202:14, GO to W2
For DTC B1202:12, GO to W8
No CHECK for causes of intermittent open, short to ground or short to voltage on the PAD indicator control circuit. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W12

W12 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Reconnect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM and/or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST X: B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13, B1404:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13 or B1404:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1404:11 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:12 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:13 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:1A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver side airbag
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

X1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13 and B1404:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X2
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X8
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X15

X2 CHECK THE LEFT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_10_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to X12
No GO to X3

X3 CHECK THE LEFT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_10_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver side airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to X4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to X6

X4 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:1A to B1404:13?
Yes GO to X11
No GO to X5

X5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3136-1   C3136-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X6 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-40   C3136-1
      C310B-39   C3136-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to X7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X7 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect A fused jumper wire:.
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3136-1   C3136-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:13 to B1404:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to X11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to X12

X8 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:11 to B1404:13?
Yes GO to X11
No GO to X9

X9 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3136-1   Ground
      C3136-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3136-1   Ground
      C3136-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No GO to X12

X11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the driver seat backrest harness for damage.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new driver side airbag.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to X17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X15

X12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to X17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X15

X13 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_10_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID .

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X14 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16

X15 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16

X16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3136 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C3136 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X17

X17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Y: B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13, B1405:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver side air curtain circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted Driver side air curtain

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13 or B1405:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver side air curtain
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1405:11 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver side air curtain circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:12 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver side air curtain circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:13 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver side air curtain circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:1A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver side air curtain circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver side air curtain
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Y1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13 and B1405:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the Driver side air curtain Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y2
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y8
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the Driver side air curtain Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y15

Y2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_11_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to Y12
No GO to Y3

Y3 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_11_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the driver side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to Y4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to Y6

Y4 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Driver side air curtain disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:1A to B1405:13?
Yes GO to Y11
No GO to Y5

Y5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C9031-1   C9031-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y6 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-40   C9031-1
      C310B-39   C9031-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Y7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y7 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C9031-1   C9031-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Driver side air curtain circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:13 to B1405:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Y11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Y12

Y8 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Driver side air curtain disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:11 to B1405:13?
Yes GO to Y11
No GO to Y9

Y9 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C9031-1   Ground
      C9031-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C9031-1   Ground
      C9031-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No GO to Y12

Y11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver side air curtain.
REFER to: Side Curtain Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Y17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y15

Y12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Y17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y15

Y13 CHECK THE DRIVER CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_11_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y14 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16

Y15 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16

Y16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Side Air Curtain C9031 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y17

Y17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Z: B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13, B1407:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13 or B1407:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1407:11 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:12 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:13 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:1A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger side airbag
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

Z1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13 and B1407:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z2
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z8
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z15

Z2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_13_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to Z12
No GO to Z3

Z3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_13_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger side airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to Z4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to Z6

Z4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:1A to B1407:13?
Yes GO to Z11
No GO to Z5

Z5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3137-1   C3137-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-37   C3137-1
      C310B-38   C3137-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Z7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3137-1   C3137-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:13 to B1407:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Z11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Z12

Z8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:11 to B1407:13?
Yes GO to Z11
No GO to Z9

Z9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3137-1   Ground
      C3137-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3137-1   Ground
      C3137-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No GO to Z12

Z11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C3137 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the driver seat backrest harness for damage.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new passenger side airbag.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Z17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z15

Z12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Z17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z15

Z13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_13_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16

Z15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16

Z16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C3137 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z17

Z17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AA: B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13, B1408:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger side air curtain circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger side air curtain

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13 or B1408:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger side air curtain
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1408:11 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger side air curtain circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:12 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger side air curtain circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:13 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger side air curtain circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:1A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger side air curtain circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger side air curtain
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AA1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13 and B1408:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side air curtain Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA2
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA8
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the Passenger side air curtain Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA15

AA2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_14_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to AA12
No GO to AA3

AA3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_14_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to AA4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to AA6

AA4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Passenger side air curtain disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:1A to B1408:13?
Yes GO to AA11
No GO to AA5

AA5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C9032-1   C9032-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AA12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-17   C9032-1
      C310B-18   C9032-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AA7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C9032-1   C9032-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Passenger side air curtain circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:13 to B1408:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AA11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AA12

AA8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Passenger side air curtain disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:11 to B1408:13?
Yes GO to AA11
No GO to AA9

AA9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C9032-1   Ground
      C9032-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AA12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C9032-1   Ground
      C9032-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No GO to AA12

AA11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new Passenger side air curtain.
REFER to: Side Curtain Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AA17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA15

AA12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AA17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA15

AA13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_14_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA16

AA15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA16

AA16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Side Air Curtain C9032 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA17

AA17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AB: B140A:11, B140A:12, B140A:13, B140A:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row driver seat side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted second row driver seat side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140A:11, B140A:12, B140A:13 or B140A:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Second row driver seat side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140A:11 Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either second row driver seat side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140A:12 Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either second row driver seat side airbag for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140A:13 Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the second row driver seat side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140A:1A Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the second row driver seat side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row driver seat side airbag
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AB1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140A:11, B140A:12, B140A:13 and B140A:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver seat side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B140A:13 or B140A:1A, GO to AB2
For DTC B140A:11, GO to AB8
For DTC B140A:12, GO to AB10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver seat side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B140A:13 or B140A:1A, GO to AB13
For DTC B140A:11, GO to AB14
For DTC B140A:12, GO to AB15

AB2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_16_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_16_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to AB12
No GO to AB3

AB3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_16_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_16_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to AB4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to AB6

AB4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C404 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row driver seat side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140A:1A to B140A:13?
Yes GO to AB11
No GO to AB5

AB5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C404-10   C404-9

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AB12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17

AB6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C404 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-13   C404-10
      C310B-14   C404-9

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AB7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17

AB7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C404-10   C404-9
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row driver seat side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140A:13 to B140A:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AB11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AB12

AB8 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C404 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row driver seat side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140A:11 to B140A:13?
Yes GO to AB11
No GO to AB9

AB9 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C404-10   Ground
      C404-9   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AB12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17

AB10 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C404 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C404-10   Ground
      C404-9   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17
No GO to AB12

AB11 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C404 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the second row driver seat side airbag harness for damage.
REFER to: Second Row Seat Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new second row driver seat side airbag.
REFER to: Second Row Seat Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AB17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B140A:13 or B140A:1A, GO to AB13
For DTC B140A:11, GO to AB14
For DTC B140A:12, GO to AB15

AB12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline). C404 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected). C404 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AB17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B140A:13 or B140A:1A, GO to AB13
For DTC B140A:11, GO to AB14
For DTC B140A:12, GO to AB15

AB13 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_16_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_16_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17

AB14 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140A:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB16

AB15 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C404 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140A:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB16

AB16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C404 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C404 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB17

AB17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AC: B140B:11, B140B:12, B140B:13, B140B:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row passenger seat side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted second row passenger seat side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140B:11, B140B:12, B140B:13 or B140B:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Second row passenger seat side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140B:11 Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either second row passenger seat side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140B:12 Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either second row passenger seat side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140B:13 Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the second row passenger seat side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140B:1A Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the second row passenger seat side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row passenger seat side airbag
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AC1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140B:11, B140B:12, B140B:13 and B140B:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row passenger seat side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B140B:13 or B140B:1A, GO to AC2
For DTC B140B:11, GO to AC8
For DTC B140B:12, GO to AC10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row passenger seat side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B140B:13 or B140B:1A, GO to AC13
For DTC B140B:11, GO to AC14
For DTC B140B:12, GO to AC15

AC2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_17_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_17_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to AC12
No GO to AC3

AC3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_17_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_17_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the passenger side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to AC4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to AC6

AC4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C305 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger seat side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140B:1A to B140B:13?
Yes GO to AC11
No GO to AC5

AC5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C305-9   C305-10

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AC12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17

AC6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C305 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-15   C305-9
      C310B-16   C305-10

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AC7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17

AC7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C305-9   C305-10
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger seat side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140B:13 to B140B:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AC11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AC12

AC8 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C305 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger seat side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140B:11 to B140B:13?
Yes GO to AC11
No GO to AC9

AC9 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C305-9   Ground
      C305-10   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AC12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17

AC10 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C305 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C305-9   Ground
      C305-10   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17
No GO to AC12

AC11 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C305 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the second row passenger seat side airbag seat harness for damage.
REFER to: Second Row Seat Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new second row passenger seat side airbag.
REFER to: Second Row Seat Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AC17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B140B:13 or B140B:1A, GO to AC13
For DTC B140B:11, GO to AC14
For DTC B140B:12, GO to AC15

AC12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline). C305 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AC17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B140B:13 or B140B:1A, GO to AC13
For DTC B140B:11, GO to AC14
For DTC B140B:12, GO to AC15

AC13 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_17_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_17_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17

AC14 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140B:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC16

AC15 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C305 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140B:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC16

AC16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seat Side Airbag (Inline) C305 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect the inline and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC17

AC17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AD: B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13, B140C:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 or B140C:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140C:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:1D Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged rear seatbelt buckle assembly.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AD1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 or B140C:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140C:11 or B140C:1D, GO to AD2
For DTC B140C:12, GO to AD4
For DTC B140C:13, GO to AD5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AD10

AD2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C3557 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row left seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140C:11 or B140C:1D to B140C:13?
Yes GO to AD8
No For DTC B140C:11, GO to AD3
For DTC B140C:1D, GO to AD9

AD3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3557-5   Ground
      C3557-5   C3557-6

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AD9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C3557 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3557-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11
No GO to AD9

AD5 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C3557 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3557-5   C3557-6
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row left seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140C:13 to B140C:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AD8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AD6

AD6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-56   C3557-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AD7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3557-6   C310B-53

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AD9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD8 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C3557 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new second row driver seatbelt buckle assembly (includes second row left seatbelt buckle and sensor).
REFER to: Rear Seatbelt Buckle LH (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AD11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD10

AD9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C3557 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AD11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD10

AD10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C3557 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 and B140C:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140C:11 or B140C:1D, GO to AD2
For DTC B140C:12, GO to AD4
For DTC B140C:13, GO to AD5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD11

AD11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AE: B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 AND B140D:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 or B140D:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140D:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:1D Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged second row passenger seatbelt buckle.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.

AE1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 and B140D:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140D:11 or B140D:1D, GO to AE2
For DTC B140D:12, GO to AE4
For DTC B140D:13, GO to AE5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AE10

AE2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3558 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140D:11 or B140D:1D to B140D:13?
Yes GO to AE8
No For DTC B140D:11, GO to AE3
For DTC B140D:1D, GO to AE9

AE3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3558-5   Ground
      C3558-5   C3558-6

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AE9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11

AE4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3558 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3558-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11
No GO to AE9

AE5 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3558 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3558-5   C3558-6
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140D:13 to B140D:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AE8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AE6

AE6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-58   C3558-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AE7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11

AE7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3558-6   C310B-53

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AE9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11

AE8 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3558 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new second row passenger seatbelt buckle (includes buckle sensor).
REFER to: Rear Seatbelt Buckle RH (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AE11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE10

AE9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3558 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AE11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE10

AE10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3558 .
    • To access the second row seatbelt buckle sensor connector, remove the loadspace floor panel and then remove the storage compartment from behind the second row seats.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 and B140D:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140D:11 or B140D:1D, GO to AE2
For DTC B140D:12, GO to AE4
For DTC B140D:13, GO to AE5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE11

AE11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and, if equipped, BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AF: B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13, B1410:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13 or B1410:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1410:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the second row driver seatbelt seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:1A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AF1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13 and B1410:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AF2
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AF8
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AF10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AF13
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AF14
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AF15

AF2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_20_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_20_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes GO to AF12
No GO to AF3

AF3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_20_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_20_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to AF4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to AF6

AF4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1410:1A to B1410:13?
Yes GO to AF11
No GO to AF5

AF5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3697-1   C3697-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AF12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B . Disconnect
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-5   C3697-1
      C310B-6   C3697-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AF7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3697-1   C3697-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1410:13 to B1410:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AF11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AF12

AF8 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1410:11 to B1410:13?
Yes GO to AF11
No GO to AF9

AF9 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3697-1   Ground
      C3697-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AF12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF10 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3697-1   Ground
      C3697-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No GO to AF12

AF11 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect second row driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner C3697 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new second row driver seatbelt seatbelt retractor pretensioner.
REFER to: Rear Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AF17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AF13
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AF14
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AF15

AF12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting al previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AF17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AF13
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AF14
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AF15

AF13 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_20_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_20_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID .

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF14 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1410:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF16

AF15 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1410:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF16

AF16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Second Row Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3697 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF17

AF17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AG: B1412:11, B1412:12, B1412:13, B1412:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1412:11, B1412:12, B1412:13 or B1412:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM . If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC . As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1412:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1412:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1412:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1412:1A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AG1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1412:11, B1412:12, B1412:13 and B1412:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AG2
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AG8
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AG10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AG13
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AG14
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AG15

AG2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_22_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , carry out the harness test of the second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes GO to AG12
No GO to AG3

AG3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_22_R PID , carry out the harness test of the second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID .

Does the PID value read between 1600 and 4000 mOhms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17
No For PID value less than 1600 mOhms, GO to AG4
For PID value greater than 4000 mOhms, GO to AG6

AG4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Second Row Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1412:1A to B1412:13?
Yes GO to AG11
No GO to AG5

AG5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3698-1   C3698-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AG12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17

AG6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-8   C3698-1
      C310B-7   C3698-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AG7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17

AG7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3698-1   C3698-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1412:13 to B1412:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AG11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AG12

AG8 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Second Row Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1412:11 to B1412:13?
Yes GO to AG11
No GO to AG9

AG9 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3698-1   Ground
      C3698-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AG12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17

AG10 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3698-1   Ground
      C3698-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17
No GO to AG12

AG11 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new second row passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner.
REFER to: Rear Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AG17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AG13
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AG14
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AG15

AG12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect second row passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AG17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AG13
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AG14
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AG15

AG13 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using the diagnostic scan tool,

    Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_22_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID , attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID .

Does the PID value stay between 1600 and 4000 mOhms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AG16
No DEPOWER the SRS .
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17

AG14 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1412:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AG16

AG15 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1412:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AG16

AG16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Second Row Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3698 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AG17

AG17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AH: B1413:11, B1413:12, B1413:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the driver front impact severity sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver side front impact severity sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1413:11, B1413:12 or B1413:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1413:11 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1413:12 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to battery on the driver front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1413:13 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open driver front impact severity sensor feed circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver front impact severity sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged driver front impact severity sensor.
  • Inspect the driver front impact severity sensor mounting and orientation.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AH1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1413:11, B1413:12 or B1413:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1413:11, GO to AH2
For DTC B1413:12 or B1413:13, GO to AH5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AH10

AH2 CHECK THE LEFT FRONTAL RESTRAINTS SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C177 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1413:11 to B1413:13?
Yes INSTALL a new driver front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AH11
No GO to AH3

AH3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C177-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AH4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AH11

AH4 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C177-1   C177-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AH9
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AH11

AH5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor electrical connector C177 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1413:12 or B1413:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes For DTC B1413:12, GO to AH6
For DTC B1413:13, GO to AH7
No The fault has been corrected. GO to AH11

AH6 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C177 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C177-1   Ground
      C177-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AH11
No GO to AH8

AH7 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C177 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-18   C177-1
      C310A-17   C177-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AH8
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AH11

AH8 CHECK THE LEFT FRONTAL RESTRAINTS SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • If not already directed to do so, depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire as shown:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C177-1   C177-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1413:12 or B1413:13 to B1413:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new driver front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AH11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AH9

AH9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C177 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AH11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AH10

AH10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C177 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s)/connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1413:11, B1413:12 or B1413:13 retrieved on-demand during the self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1413:11, GO to AH2
For DTC B1413:12 or B1413:13, GO to AH5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AH11

AH11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AI: IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL FAULTS

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1413:81 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1413:96 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1414:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver door side impact sensor.
RCM B1414:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver door side impact sensor.
RCM B1415:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver Side C-pillar side impact sensor.
RCM B1415:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver Side C-pillar side impact sensor.
RCM B1417:81 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1417:96 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1418:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Door side impact sensor.
RCM B1418:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Door side impact sensor.
RCM B1419:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Side C-pillar side impact sensor.
RCM B1419:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Side C-pillar side impact sensor.

Possible Sources

  • Impact sensor

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AI1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new suspect impact sensor.
For a front impact severity sensor,
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For a front door side impact sensor,
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For a C-pillar side impact sensor,
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST AJ: B1414:11, B1414:12, B1414:13, B1419:11, B1419:12, B1419:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the driver front door and passenger C-pillar side impact sensors and circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver front door side impact sensor
  • Faulted passenger C-pillar side impact sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1414:11, B1414:12, B1414:13, B1419:11, B1419:12 or B1419:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

  • A short to ground on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1414:11 and B1419:11.
  • A short to voltage on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1414:12 and B1419:12.
  • A CMDTC for circuit short to battery (failure type: 12) can be set by a short to voltage on the return circuit of the impact sensor.
  • When the feed circuit of either impact sensor is shorted to voltage, an invalid data received fault (failure type :81) may also be present for both sensors.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1414:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted driver front door side impact sensor, a shorted passenger C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the driver front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1414:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver front door side impact sensor feed or return circuits or a short to voltage on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed or return circuits.
RCM B1414:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open driver front door side impact sensor circuit.
RCM B1419:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted driver front door side impact sensor, a shorted passenger C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the driver front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1419:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver front door side impact sensor feed or return circuits or a short to voltage on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed or return circuits.
RCM B1419:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open passenger C-pillar side impact sensor circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver front door side impact sensor
  • Passenger C-pillar side impact sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.

AJ1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1414:11 or B1419:11, GO to AJ2
For DTC B1414:12 or B1419:12, GO to AJ6
For DTC B1414:13, GO to AJ8
For DTC B1419:13, GO to AJ11
No The fault is intermittent when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AJ15

AJ2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) change from B1414:11 to B1414:13?
Yes INSTALL a new driver door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ3

AJ3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Disconnect Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3249 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1419:11 to B1419:13?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ4

AJ4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C567-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C567-1   C567-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AJ5
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ5 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3249-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3249-1   C3249-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AJ14
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ6 CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C567-1   Ground
      C567-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ7

AJ7 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3249 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3249-1   Ground
      C3249-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ14

AJ8 CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the driver door side impact sensor and inspect C567 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1414:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AJ9
No The fault is corrected. GO to AJ16

AJ9 CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Front Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-34   C567-1
      C310B-33   C567-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AJ10
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C567-1   C567-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1414:13 to B1414:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new driver front door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AJ14

AJ11 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor and inspect C3249 to be fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to be fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1419:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AJ12
No The fault is corrected. GO to AJ16

AJ12 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3249 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-43   C3249-1
      C310B-44   C3249-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AJ13
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3249-1   C3249-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1419:13 to B1414:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new passenger C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AJ14

AJ14 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3249 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AJ15

AJ15 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 and Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3249 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Front Door Side Impact Sensor C567 and Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3249 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1414:11 or B1419:11, GO to AJ2
For DTC B1414:12 or B1419:12, GO to AJ6
For DTC B1414:13, GO to AJ8
For DTC B1419:13, GO to AJ11
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AJ16

AJ16 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AK: B1415:11, B1415:12, B1415:13, B1418:11, B1418:12, B1418:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the passenger front door and driver C-pillar side impact sensors and circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger front door side impact sensor
  • Faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1415:11, B1415:12, B1415:13, B1418:11, B1418:12 or B1418:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

  • A short to ground on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1415:11 and B1418:11.
  • A short to voltage on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1415:12 and B1418:12.
  • A CMDTC for circuit short to battery (failure type: 12) can be set by a short to voltage on the return circuit of the impact sensor.
  • When the feed circuit of either impact sensor is shorted to voltage, an invalid data received fault (failure type :81) may also be present for both sensors.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1415:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted passenger front door side impact sensor, a shorted driver C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the passenger front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the driver C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1415:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor, or a short to voltage on the feed or return circuit of the driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor.
RCM B1415:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor or an open on the driver C-pillar side impact sensor circuits.
RCM B1418:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted passenger front door side impact sensor, a shorted driver C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the passenger front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the driver C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1418:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor, or a short to voltage on the feed or return circuit of the driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor.
RCM B1418:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted passenger front door side impact sensor or an open on the passenger front door side impact sensor circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger front door side impact sensor
  • Driver C-pillar side impact sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.

AK1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1415:11 or B1418:11, GO to AK2
For DTC B1415:12 or B1418:12, GO to AK6
For DTC B1415:13, GO to AK8
For DTC B1418:13, GO to AK11
No The fault is intermittent when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AK15

AK2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) change from B1418:11 to B1418:13?
Yes INSTALL a new driver C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK16
No GO to AK3

AK3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1418:11 to B1418:13?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger front door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK16
No GO to AK4

AK4 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3248-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3248-1   C3248-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AK5
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK16

AK5 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C644-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C644-1   C644-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AK14
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK16

AK6 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3248-1   Ground
      C3248-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK16
No GO to AK7

AK7 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C644-1   Ground
      C644-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK16
No GO to AK14

AK8 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the driver C-pillar side impact sensor and inspect C3248 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1415:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AK9
No The fault is corrected. GO to AK16

AK9 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-46   C3248-1
      C310B-45   C3248-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AK10
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK16

AK10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3248-1   C3248-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1415:13 to B1418:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new driver C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AK14

AK11 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger door side impact sensor and inspect C644 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1418:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AK12
No Fault corrected. GO to AK16

AK12 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-31   C644-1
      C310B-32   C644-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AK13
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK16

AK13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C644-1   C644-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1418:13 to B1418:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new passenger front door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AK14

AK14 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 .
  • Connect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK16
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AK15

AK15 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 and Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
      REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3248 and Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1415:11, B1415:12, B1415:13, B1418:11, B1418:12 or B1418:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1415:11 or B1418:11, GO to AK2
For DTC B1415:12 or B1418:12, GO to AK6
For DTC B1415:13, GO to AK8
For DTC B1418:13, GO to AK11
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AK16

AK16 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AL: B1417:11, B1417:12, B1417:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the passenger front impact severity sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger front impact severity sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1417:11, B1417:12 or B1417:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1417:11 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1417:12 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to battery on the passenger front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1417:13 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open passenger front impact severity sensor feed circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger front impact severity sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged passenger front impact severity sensor.
  • Inspect the passenger front impact severity sensor mounting and orientation.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AL1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1417:11, B1417:12 or B1417:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1417:11, GO to AL2
For DTC B1417:12 or B1417:13, GO to AL5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AL10

AL2 CHECK THE LEFT FRONTAL RESTRAINTS SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C176 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1417:11 to B1417:13?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AL11
No GO to AL3

AL3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C176-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AL4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AL11

AL4 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C176-1   C176-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AL9
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AL11

AL5 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor electrical connector C176 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1417:12 or B1417:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes For DTC B1417:12, GO to AL6
For DTC B1417:13, GO to AL7
No The fault has been corrected. GO to AL11

AL6 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C176 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C176-1   Ground
      C176-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AL11
No GO to AL8

AL7 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C176 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-15   C176-1
      C310A-16   C176-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AL8
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AL11

AL8 CHECK THE LEFT FRONTAL RESTRAINTS SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • If not already directed to do so, depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire as shown:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C176-1   C176-2
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1417:12 or B1417:13 to B1417:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new passenger front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AL11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AL9

AL9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C176 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AL11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AL10

AL10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C176 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s)/connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1417:11, B1417:12 or B1417:13 retrieved on-demand during the self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1417:11, GO to AL2
For DTC B1417:12 or B1417:13, GO to AL5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AL11

AL11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AM: BXXXX:2B (ANY BXXXX DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) WITH A 2B FAILURE TYPE) SIGNAL CROSS COUPLED

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors all deployable device and sensor circuits for a signal cross coupled (short) between components. Signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are present when one or both circuits of a component are shorted to one or both circuits of another component. Signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) do not set when the circuits of a single device are shorted together, a different DTC is present (for example, a DTC for circuit resistance below threshold). The RCM sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator. When a normal loop fault is present (one loop is either shorted to battery/ground, open circuit or low resistance), then signal cross coupled diagnostics are not active. Once the normal loop fault is repaired, the signal cross coupled diagnostics resume.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0001:2B Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver airbag stage 1 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0002:2B Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver airbag stage 2 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0004:2B Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver knee airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0005:2B Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the deployable steering column circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0010:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0011:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0013:2B Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger knee airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0050:2B Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0052:2B Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0054:2B Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the rear center seatbelt buckle switch circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0070:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0072:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B007E:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B007F:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0082:2B Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B00B5:2B Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seat track position sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B00C5:2B Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seat track position sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B11CF:2B Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger airbag canister vent circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1404:2B Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver side airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1405:2B Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver side air curtain circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1407:2B Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger side airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1408:2B Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger side air curtain circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140A:2B Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row passenger side airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140B:2B Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row driver side airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140C:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140D:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1410:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1412:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1413:2B Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver front impact severity sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1414:2B Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver front door side impact sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1415:2B Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver C-pillar side impact sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1417:2B Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger front impact severity sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1418:2B Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger door side impact sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1419:2B Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect the affected wiring harness(es) for damage, if accessible.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AM1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 are not retrieved on-demand, GO to AM2
No If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand as well, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 are not retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE the signal cross-coupled Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AM4

AM2 CHECK THE AFFECTED CIRCUITS FOR A SIGNAL CROSS COUPLED FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Using the signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present on-demand, identify the affected SRS devices.
  • NOTE: Most signal cross coupled faults are due to connector and/or wiring harness damage. Carry out a thorough inspection of connector(s) and/or wiring harness for damage. Disconnect all of the affected SRS devices.
  • Using the following table, measure the resistance between the circuits of one affected SRS device to the other affected SRS device.
    • Example: If Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) B0001:2B and B0002:2B are being diagnosed, measure the resistance between circuit CR101 to circuits CR102 and RR102. Then measure the resistance between circuit RR101 to circuits CR102 and RR102.
    Device/Loop (DTC ) Connector
    Driver airbag stage 1 (B0001:2B)
    • C216A-1
    • C216A-2
    Driver airbag stage 2 (B0002:2B)
    • C216B-1
    • C216B-2
    Driver knee airbag (B0004:2B)
    • C2432-1
    • C2432-2
    Collapsible Steering Column (B0005:2B)
    • C2369-1
    • C2369-2
    Passenger airbag stage 1 (B0010:2B)
    • C256-1
    • C256-2
    Passenger airbag stage 2 (B0011:2B)
    • C256-4
    • C256-5
    Passenger knee airbag (B0013:2B)
    • C2433-1
    • C2433-2
    Driver seatbelt buckle (B0050:2B)
    • C3200-5
    Passenger seatbelt buckle (B0052:2B)
    • C3300-5
    Rear center seatbelt buckle (B0054:2B)
    • C3559-1
    Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner (B0070:2B)
    • C3065B-1
    • C3065B-2
    Passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner (B0072:2B)
    • C303C-1
    • C303C-2
    Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B007E:2B)
    • C3065A-1
    • C3065A-2
    Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B007F:2B)
    • C303A-1
    • C303A-2
    Passenger seatbelt adaptive load limiter (B0082:2B)
    • C303B-1
    • C303B-2
    Driver seat position sensor (B00B5:2B)
    • C356-2
    Passenger seat position sensor (B00C5:2B)
    • C3240-2
    Passenger airbag canister vent (B11CF:2B)
    • C256-7
    • C256-8
    Driver side airbag (B1404:2B)
    • C3136-1 (Inline)
    • C3136-2 (Inline)
    Driver side air curtain (B1405:2B)
    • C9031-1
    • C9031-2
    Passenger side airbag (B1407:2B)
    • C3137-1 (Inline)
    • C3137-2 (Inline)
    Passenger side air curtain (B1408:2B)
    • C9032-1
    • C9032-2
    Second row driver seat side airbag (B140A:2B)
    • C404-9
    • C404-10
    Second row passenger seat side airbag (B140B:2B)
    • C305-1
    • C305-2
    Second row driver seatbelt buckle sensor (B140C:2B)
    • C404-12
    • C404-13
    Second row passenger seatbelt buckle sensor (B140D:2B)
    • C3558-5
    • C3558-6
    Driver rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B1410:2B)
    • C3697-1
    • C3697-2
    Passenger rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B1412:2B)
    • C3698-1
    • C3698-2
    Driver front impact severity sensor (B1413:2B)
    • C177-1
    • C177-2
    Driver front door side impact sensor (B1414:2B)
    • C567-1
    • C567-2
    Driver C-pillar side impact sensor (B1415:2B)
    • C3248-1
    • C3248-2
    Passenger front impact severity sensor(B1417:2B)
    • C176-1
    • C176-2
    Passenger front door side impact sensor (B1418:2B)
    • C644-1
    • C644-2
    Passenger C-pillar side impact sensor (B1419:2B)
    • C3249-1
    • C3249-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms between the affected circuits?
Yes GO to AM3
No REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 05 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AM5

AM3 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected restraint system component(s).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AM5
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AM4

AM4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT

NOTE: Most cross link faults are due to connector and/or wiring harness damage. Carry out a thorough inspection of connector(s) and/or wiring harness for damage.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect all of the affected SRS devices.
    Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect the wiring harness(es) for any type of damage. If damage is found, repair as necessary.
    Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test. GO to AM2
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AM5

AM5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AN: BXXXX:4A (ANY BXXXX DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) WITH A 4A FAILURE TYPE) INCORRECT COMPONENT INSTALLED

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors all SRS device connections. If the RCM detects a connection or device connected that is not stored in memory or is not configured for the component, the RCM sets a DTC and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0001:4A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0002:4A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0004:4A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0005:4A Collapsible Steering Column Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0010:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0011:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0050:4A Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0052:4A Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0054:4A Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0070:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0072:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'A' Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B007E:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B007F:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner 'C' Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0082:4A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00A0:4A Occupant Classification System: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00B5:4A Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00C5:4A Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00D5:4A Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B11CF:4A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1202:4A Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1404:4A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1405:4A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1407:4A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1408:4A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140A:4A Second Row Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140B:4A Second Row Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140C:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140D:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1410:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1412:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1413:4A Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1414:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1415:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1417:4A Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1418:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1419:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.

Possible Sources

  • RCM not configured or configured incorrectly
  • Incorrect RCM installed
  • Incorrect impact sensor installed

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AN1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand as well, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
For all other incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), GO to AN2
No If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand as well, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 are not retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE the Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AN5

AN2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Ignition ON.
  • Check the vehicle repair history. Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the RCM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog and verify the correct RCM is installed in the vehicle.

Is the correct RCM installed?
Yes GO to AN3
No INSTALL the correct RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AN6

AN3 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONFIGURATION
  • Carry out PMI for the RCM . Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI . Refer to the scan tool instructions to carry out PMI .
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes For DTC B1413:4A, B1414:4A, B1415:4A, B1417:4A, B1418:4A or B1419:4A, GO to AN4
For all other incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
. GO to AN6
No The fault is corrected. GO to AN6

AN4 VERIFY THE SUSPECT IMPACT SENSOR PART NUMBER
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the suspect impact sensor(s) for which incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved. Refer to the table for the appropriate procedure(s).
      DTC Component Procedure
    B1413:4A Driver front impact severity sensor  
    REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1414:4A Driver front door side impact sensor  
    REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1415:4A Driver C-pillar side impact sensor  
    REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1417:4A Passenger front impact severity sensor  
    REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1418:4A Passenger front door side impact sensor  
    REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1419:4A Passenger C-pillar side impact sensor  
    REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Record the part number from each suspect impact sensor.
  • Check the part number(s) recorded against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog and verify that each suspect impact sensor installed in the vehicle is correct.

Do the part numbers of all suspect impact sensors match the part numbers listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AN6
No INSTALL the correct impact sensor(s) as necessary. For DTC B1413:4A or B1417:4A,
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
For DTC B1414:4A or B1418:4A,
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
For vehicles with DTC B1415:4A or B1419:4A,
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AN6

AN5 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Were any incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AN6
No Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AN6

AN6 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No CLEAR all RCM Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs). PROVE OUT the SRS . The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AO: C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, C0065:68

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM provides the stability/traction control system with acceleration sensor data over the HS-CAN2 . In addition to transmitting the data, the RCM monitors this data internally to make sure that the data is within an expected range.

If the data is outside of the expected range and a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, and/or C0065:68 in memory. However, the RCM does not request that the IPC illuminate the airbag warning indicator when these faults are present.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM C0061:68 Lateral Acceleration Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the lateral acceleration sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM .
RCM C0062:68 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the longitudinal acceleration sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM .
RCM C0063:68 Yaw Rate Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the yaw rate sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM .
RCM C0064:68 Roll Rate Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the roll rate sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM .
RCM C0065:68 Vertical Acceleration Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the vertical acceleration sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM .

Possible Sources

  • Aggressive driving conditions or rough roads
  • RCM mounting
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AO1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, or C0065:68 the only Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). GO to AO2
No DIAGNOSE all other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.

AO2 CHECK FOR A RETURNING FAULT
  • Test drive the vehicle. Choose a route with LH and RH turns. Avoid rough roads and do not drive the vehicle aggressively.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, or C0065:68 the only RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes GO to AO3
No If no RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may have been triggered by aggressive driving or rough road conditions. INFORM the customer that aggressive driving conditions or rough road conditions can set these Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). RETURN the vehicle to the customer.
If any other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.

AO3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) INSTALLATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the RCM installation and make sure that the hardware is fully seated and tightened correctly.
    REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Inspect the RCM mounting surface for damage, corrosion, or foreign materials.

Is the RCM mounted correctly and is the mounting surface clean and free from damage?
Yes GO to AO4
No REPAIR the mounting or INSTALL new hardware, as necessary. GO to AO6

AO4 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Prior to connecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AO6
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AO5

AO5 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
  • Inspect wire harnesses for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AO6
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AO6

AO6 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No CLEAR all RCM and OCSM Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs). PROVE OUT the SRS . The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AP: U0028:88, U2101:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0028:88 Vehicle Communication Bus A: Bus Off This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM CAN .
RCM U2101:00 Control Module Configuration Incompatible: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM .

Possible Sources

  • Incomplete or improper PMI
  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AP1 CARRY OUT PMI (PROGRAMMABLE MODULE INSTALLATION)
  • CARRY OUT PMI using As-Built data.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new RCM . Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI for this DTC
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST AQ: U0112:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the BECMB sent on the HS-CAN .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0112:00 Lost Communication With Battery Energy Control Module 'B': No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BECMB .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • BECMB
  • RCM

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

AQ1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the BECMB pass the network test?
Yes GO to AQ2
No To diagnose no communication with the IPC ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AQ2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0155:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AQ3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AQ3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to AQ4

AQ4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the BECMB self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to AQ5

AQ5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0112:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0112:00 set in the BCM , ACM , or APIM (if equipped)?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern,
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AR: U0140:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the BCM sent on the HS-CAN2 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0140:00 Lost Communication With Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BCM .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • BCM
  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AR1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the BCM pass the network test?
Yes GO to AR2
No To diagnose no communication with the BCM ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AR2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0140:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AR3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AR3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to AR4

AR4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the BCM self-test.

Is BCM DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing).
No GO to AR5

AR5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0140:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0140:00 set in the ABS Module or in the IPC ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM .
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AS: U0154:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the OCSM sent on the HS-CAN2 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0154:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Occupant Classification System Module 'A': No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the OCSM .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • OCSM
  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AS1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the OCSM pass the network test?
Yes GO to AS2
No To diagnose no communication with the OCSM ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AS2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0154:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AS3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AS3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to AS4

AS4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
REPEAT the RCM self-test. If DTC U0154:00 returns, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AT: U0253:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the APIM sent on the HS-CAN2 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0253:00 Lost Communication With Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the APIM .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • APIM
  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AT1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the APIM pass the network test?
Yes GO to AT2
No To diagnose no communication with the APIM ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AT2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0253:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AT3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AT3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to AT4

AT4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE APIM (SYNC MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform APIM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the APIM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes REFER to the appropriate section to DIAGNOSE the battery voltage Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Refer to the appropriate section in Group 415 for the procedure.
No GO to AT5

AT5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0253:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0253:00 set in the ACM ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new APIM . Refer to the appropriate section in Group 415 for the procedure.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AU: INVALID DATA CONCERNS

NOTE: This DTC sets in a module that is reporting a missing or invalid message from another module on the data bus. The module that reports the fault is not the problem module. Do not install a new RCM as part of the repair unless directed to do so in a pinpoint test.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM receives a configuration data message from the BCM when the RCM proves out during the very first ignition cycle after it is installed. During prove-out at the beginning of each subsequent ignition cycle, the BCM sends configuration data to the RCM and the RCM compares the message to the message that was received during the very first ignition cycle.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the PCM .
RCM U0401:81 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the PCM
RCM U0413:00 Invalid Data Received From Battery Energy Control Module 'B': No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BECMB
RCM U0413:92 Invalid Data Received From Battery Energy Control Module 'B': Performance Or Incorrect Operation This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BECMB
RCM U0422:00 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BCM .
RCM U0422:81 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BCM .
RCM U0455:81 Invalid Data Received From Restraints Occupant Classification System Module 'A': Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the OCSM .
RCM U0554:00 Invalid Data Received From Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the APIM

Possible Sources

  • APIM
  • BCM
  • BECMB
  • PCM
  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AU1 RETRIEVE ALL CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS) IN ALL MODULES

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, retrieve ALL Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
  • Record the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved.

Are any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) other than the RCM invalid Data Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes For BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing). For PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
For APIM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the appropriate procedure in 415-00
For BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the BECMB DTC Chart in this section.
For other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the RCM DTC Chart in this section.
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST AV: B142D:00, U0300:00, U2024:57, U2200:00, U3000:04, U3000:46, U3000:49

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B142D:00 Pyrotechnic End of Life Activation Performed: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM .
RCM U2024:57 Control Module Cal-Config Data: Invalid/Incompatible Software Component This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM .
RCM U2200:00 Control Module Configuration Memory Corrupt: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM .
RCM U3000:04 Control Module: System Internal Failures This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM .
RCM U3000:46 Control Module: Calibration/Parameter Memory Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM .
RCM U3000:49 Control Module: Internal Electronic Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM .

Possible Sources

  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AV1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes For DTC U2200:00, INSTALL a new RCM and CARRY OUT PMI . Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI for this DTC .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For DTC B142D:00, U0300:00, U3000:46 or U3000:49, INSTALL a new RCM and CARRY OUT PMI .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST AW: B1492:68

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

This DTC is set when a fuel cutoff event has occurred and cutoff was requested by the RCM via the ENS (Event Notification System) and/or HS-CAN . Fault is cleared when and EventComplete message is received from the PCM .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1492:68 Fuel Cutoff Event: Event Information This DTC set with RCM has requested a fuel shutoff event and has not received and Event Complete message from the PCM .

Possible Sources

  • A crash has occurred.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AW1 RESET THE ENS (EVENT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM)
  • Inspect the fuel system for damage.
  • Ignition OFF. NOTE: Use the following steps to reset the ENS (Event Notification System). The steps must be completed within 5 seconds.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.

Were any fuel system concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
No REPAIR is complete.

PINPOINT TEST AX: U2024:51, U2100:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U2024:51 Control Module Cal-Config Data: Not Programmed This DTC sets due to incomplete or improper PMI .
RCM U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to incomplete or improper PMI .

Possible Sources

  • Incomplete or improper PMI

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AX1 CARRY OUT PMI (PROGRAMMABLE MODULE INSTALLATION)
  • CHECK vehicle history for recent service actions related to the RCM .

Were there any recent service actions with the RCM ?
Yes REPEAT the PMI procedure as directed by the diagnostic scan tool using As-Built data.
No INSTALL a new RCM . Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AY: U2300:55, U2300:64

NOTE: DTC U2300:55 is set in every new RCM that has not previously been installed or that has previously been installed but has not yet successfully received configuration data messages from the BCM . DO NOT replace any components for this DTC unless directed to do so by the following pinpoint test.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM receives a configuration data message from the BCM when it proves out during the very first ignition cycle after it is installed. During prove-out, and at the beginning of each subsequent ignition cycle, the BCM sends configuration data to the RCM and the RCM compares the message to the message received during the very first ignition cycle. This DTC sets if the module is new and not configured or it was configured to a different vehicle. Once configured an RCM cannot be installed in another vehicle.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U2300:55 Central Configuration: Not Configured This DTC is present in every new RCM . Once the new RCM is installed and it successfully receives a configuration data message from the BCM , this DTC reports as a CMDTC . If the RCM reports this DTC on-demand, it means that the configuration data message has not been received from the BCM .
RCM U2300:64 Central Configuration: Signal Plausibility Failure If the RCM receives a configuration data message that does not match the configuration data that was previously received and stored, it sets this DTC . This DTC can set on-demand during the RCM prove-out, but change to a CMDTC later on in the ignition cycle if the correct message is eventually received. If PMI has not been carried out for the BCM , this DTC sets.

Possible Sources

  • RCM or BCM configuration
  • BCM
  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AY1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Record the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved during the self-test.

Is DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 retrieved on-demand?
Yes GO to AY2
No If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 is retrieved as a CMDTC , CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the self-test.
If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 does not return, RELEASE the vehicle to the customer.
If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 returns on-demand, GO to AY2

AY2 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
  • Gain access to the BCM and record the BCM part number.
    REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
  • Check the recorded part number against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog.

Does the recorded part number match the number listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes GO to AY3
No INSTALL a new BCM. Refer to the appropriate Removal and Installation procedure in Section 419-10. USE As-Built data when carrying out PMI for the BCM . GO to AY5

AY3 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the RCM part number.
  • Check the recorded part number against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog.

Does the recorded part number match the number listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes CARRY OUT PMI for the BCM using As-Built data. CLEAR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the RCM self-test.
If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 are retrieved, CARRY OUT PMI for the RCM using As-Built data.
GO to AY4
No INSTALL the correct RCM and use As-Built data when carrying out PMI .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY5

AY4 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs). If a TSB exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW TSB instructions. If no Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM and use As-Built data when carrying out PMI .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY5
No GO to AY5

AY5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) OR BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved from the RCM or BCM during self-test?
Yes If RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
If BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, diagnose the BCM .
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing).
No CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs). PROVE OUT the SRS . The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AZ: U3003:16 AND U3003:17

NOTE: Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) U3003:16 and U3003:17 can be set if the vehicle has been recently jump started, the battery has been recently charged or the battery has been discharged. The battery may become discharged due to excessive load(s) on the charging system from aftermarket accessories or if the battery has been left unattended with the accessories on.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

RCM

The RCM continuously monitors the input voltage for correct operation. If the RCM detects input voltage below 9.0 volts while a fault is present, or below 6.0 volts, whether or not a fault is present, it stores DTC U3003:16 in memory. If the RCM detects input voltage above 16 volts while a fault is present, or above 18 volts, regardless of fault status, it stores DTC U3003:17 in memory. If the RCM sets DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17, it sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

OCSM

The OCSM continuously monitors the input voltage for correct operation. If the OCSM detects input voltage below 8 volts, it stores DTC U3003:16 in memory. If the OCSM detects input voltage above 18 volts, it stores DTC U3003:17 in memory. If the OCSM sets DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17, it sends a fault message to the RCM . The RCM then sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold This DTC sets if the RCM detects voltage below 9 volts with a SRS fault or below 6 volts, whether or not a SRS fault exists.
RCM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold This DTC sets if the RCM detects voltage above 16 volts with a SRS fault or above 18 volts without a SRS fault.
OCSM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold This DTC sets if the OCSM detects voltage below 8 volts.
OCSM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold This DTC sets if the OCSM detects voltage above 18 volts.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

AZ1 RETRIEVE ALL CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS) IN ALL MODULES

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, retrieve ALL Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

Is DTC B1317, B1318, B1676, U3003:16 or U3003:17 present in one or more modules AND are any charging system Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present in the PCM ?
Yes DIAGNOSE the charging system. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 414 for the procedure.
No GO to AZ2

AZ2 CHECK FOR BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Review the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) recorded in the previous step.

Were any BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved and recorded?
Yes DIAGNOSE the BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the BECMB DTC Chart. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No GO to AZ3

AZ3 TEST BATTERY CONDITION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Carry out the Battery Condition Test.
    REFER to: Battery (414-01 Battery, Mounting and Cables, Diagnosis and Testing).

Did the battery pass the condition test?
Yes If the battery passed the condition test but required a recharge, DIAGNOSE the charging system. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 414 for the procedure. CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
If the battery passed the condition test and did not require a recharge, GO to AZ4
No INSTALL a new battery.
REFER to: Battery (414-01 Battery, Mounting and Cables, Removal and Installation).
CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

AZ4 CHECK THE CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE
  • Start the engine.
  • Measure the voltage of the battery.
  • For DTC U3003:17, turn off all accessories while measuring the battery voltage.
  • For DTC U3003:16, turn on headlights and HVAC fan on high while measuring the battery voltage.

Is the voltage between 13 and 15.2 volts?
Yes For DTC U3003:16, GO to AZ5
For DTC U3003:17, GO to AZ7
No DIAGNOSE the charging system. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 414 for the procedure. CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

AZ5 CHECK FOR HIGH RESISTANCE IN THE IGNITION CIRCUIT TO THE MODULE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS . Refer to
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • Disconnect the module with the concern:
    • For the RCM , disconnect C310A and C310B
    • For the OCSM , disconnect C3159.
  • For the RCM , measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-19   C2518-3
  • For the OCSM , measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3159-1   C2518-9

Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to AZ6
No REPAIR the circuit as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

AZ6 CHECK FOR HIGH MODULE GROUND RESISTANCE
  • For the RCM , measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    RCM mounting bracket   Ground
  • For the OCSM , measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3159-4   Ground

Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to AZ7
No VERIFY there is no corrosion between the RCM and the mounting surface. VERIFY the fasteners are clean and tightened to specification with no corrosion. REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information. For the OCSM , REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

AZ7 CHECK FOR MODULE OPERATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • If not previously directed to do so, depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect the module with the concern:
    • For the RCM , disconnect C310A and C310B (if not previously disconnected).
    • For the OCSM , disconnect OCSM C3159 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Check for the following:
    • corrosion (install new connector or terminals - clean module pins)
    • damaged or bent pins - install new terminals/pins
    • pushed-out pins - install new pins as necessary
  • Connect the module with the concern:
    • For the RCM , connect C310A and C310B Make sure the connector seats correctly and engages the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock.
    • For the OCSM , connect C3159. Make sure the connector seats correctly.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all RCM and OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out Restraints self-test.

Is the concern still present?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service bulletins address this concern, and DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 was present in the RCM , INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If no service bulletins address this concern, and DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 was present in the OCSM , INSTALL a new OCSM .
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector.

PINPOINT TEST BA: B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 AND B0061:64

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) operates in conjunction with the OCS . The OCS interprets a variable voltage signal provided by the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) to identify the possible presence of a child safety seat in the front passenger seat. The voltage output of the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) is proportional to the amount of tension applied to the sensor by the belt: no belt tension causes a low voltage (approximately 0.95 volt) to be output and high belt tension causes a high voltage (approximately 3.8 volts) to be returned to the OCSM .

The OCSM monitors the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) and related circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) (part of passenger front seatbelt buckle)

If a fault is detected, the OCSM stores DTC B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 or B0061:64 in memory and sends a message to the RCM over the HS-CAN2 indicating that an OCS fault is present. Upon receipt of this message, the RCM sets DTC B00A0:09 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B0061:11 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the OCSM measures voltage below a predetermined threshold on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit. An open Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) VREF circuit can also set this DTC .
OCSM B0061:12 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the OCSM measures voltage above a predetermined threshold on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit. An open Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) return circuit can also set this DTC .
OCSM B0061:13 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the OCSM senses an open on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit.
OCSM B0061:64 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Signal Plausibility Failure A fault is indicated when the passenger seatbelt is unbuckled and the OCSM measures voltage on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit greater than the maximum voltage returned during normal sensor operation.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) (part of passenger front seatbelt buckle)
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seatbelt buckle or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS).
  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seat cushion wiring harness.
  • Inspect for a loose or damaged OCSM or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) connector.
  • Inspect for a damaged OCSM .

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BA1 RETRIEVE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 or B0061:64 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B0061:11, GO to BA2
For DTC B0061:12, GO to BA5
For DTC B0061:13, GO to BA7
For DTC B0061:64, GO to BA9
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to BA12

BA2 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the OCSM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the OCSM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) shares a connector with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch, and a passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit fault is also present in the RCM .

Was DTC B0061:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to BA3
No INSTALL a new front passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BA13

BA3 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BA4
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BA13

BA4 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3159-5   C3300-2

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to BA11
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BA13

BA5 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3159-6   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BA13
No GO to BA6

BA6 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-3   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to BA10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BA13

BA7 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step will attempt to change the fault reported by the OCSM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the OCSM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3300-1   C3300-3
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) shares a connector with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch, and a passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit fault is also present in the RCM .

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0061:13 to B0061:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new front passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BA13
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to BA8

BA8 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-1   C3159-6

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to BA10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BA13

BA9 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-1   C3300-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BA10
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BA13

BA10 CHECK BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VOLTAGE OUTPUT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect OCSM C3159 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Connect fused jumper wires:
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
    C3300 , pin 2, harness side C3300, pin 2, component side
    C3300, pin 3, harness side C3300, pin 3, component side
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Buckle the front passenger seatbelt.
  • While applying tension to the front passenger seatbelt at the seatbelt buckle, measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C3300, pin 1, component side Ground

Does the voltage vary from approximately 0.95 volt with no tension applied to the sensor to approximately 3.8 volts with full tension applied to the sensor?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wires and GO to BA11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wires and INSTALL a new front passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BA13

BA11 CONFIRM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all OCS components, SRS electrical connectors and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect OCSM C3159 .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 (if previously disconnected) .
  • If previously directed to disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137, depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 (if previously disconnected) .
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BA13
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BA12

BA12 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 or B0061:64 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B0061:11, GO to BA2
For DTC B0061:12, GO to BA5
For DTC B0061:13, GO to BA7
For DTC B0061:64, GO to BA9
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other system in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to BA13

BA13 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BB: B00A0:62

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The OCS determines if the passenger airbag needs to be deployed in the event of a crash by monitoring the pressure that is applied to the OCS bladder when weight of any occupant or object in the front passenger seat is present. When the vehicle is equipped with the front seat massage feature, the pressure that is applied to the OCS bladder can be affected by the operation of the front seat massage function. To account for this, the OCSM monitors various messages sent over HS-CAN from the SCMH indicating the percentage of inflation for each bladder.

There are a total of 6 bladders in the passenger seat cushion: 2 for the seat cushion side bolster bladders and 4 for the seat cushion massage function. Under normal operation, the seat cushion massage bladders deflate when the system is not in use. When the OCSM receives HS-CAN messages that indicate the seat massage function is disabled, but the bladders in the seat remain inflated beyond a certain threshold, it sets a DTC . Depending on the amount (percentage) of inflation that remains and the occupancy status of the seat, the OCSM may send a message to the RCM to indicate that a fault is present. If this occurs, the RCM sets DTC B00A0:68 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

For more information, REFER to: Front Seats - System Operation and Component Description (501-10A Front Seats, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B00A0:62 Occupant Classification System: Signal Compare Failure This DTC sets if the seat massage function is disabled (turned OFF) and the total percentage of inflation of the seat cushion massage bladders exceeds a pre-determined threshold for more than 2 minutes, regardless of seat occupancy. When this condition is satisfied, the airbag warning indicator does not illuminate. Once the DTC has been set for more than 5 ignition cycles and more than 2 minutes, and the seat is occupied by a passenger within a pre-determined weight classification, the airbag warning indicator illuminates. This DTC also sets if the seat massage function is disabled (turned OFF) and the total percentage of inflation of the seat cushion massage bladders exceeds a second, higher, pre-determined threshold while the seat is occupied by a passenger within a pre-determined weight classification. When this occurs, the airbag warning indicator illuminates.

Possible Sources

  • Damaged or kinked seat cushion massage air hoses
  • Seat massage system concern
  • SCMH
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review service history for recent repairs to the passenger seat.
  • Inspect for damaged components or any obstructions under the front passenger seat.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

BB1 VERIFY THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:62 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test. GO to BB2
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to BB4

BB2 VERIFY THE SEAT CUSHION MASSAGE FUNCTION OPERATES CORRECTLY
  • While sitting in the front passenger seat, activate the front passenger seat cushion massage function using the FDIM (touchscreen). Adjust the cushion massage intensity to its highest (most intense) setting.
    • Refer to the Owner's Literature for information about activating and adjusting the seat cushion massage feature.
  • Observe the seat massage behavior. Verify that each of the 4 seat cushion bladders inflates and deflates.

Does each seat cushion bladder inflate and deflate as the seat cushion massage function operates?
Yes GO to BB3
No DIAGNOSE the seat cushion massage system concern.
REFER to: Front Seats (501-10A Front Seats, Diagnosis and Testing).

BB3 VERIFY THE SEAT CUSHION MASSAGE BLADDERS DEFLATE WHEN DISABLED
  • Fully deflate the front passenger seat backrest side bolsters and turn off the seat cushion massage feature.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view SCMH Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • NOTE: The following step compares the passenger seat cushion massage bladder pressures (excludes the cushion bolsters) to the passenger seat backrest bolster bladder pressures. With the front passenger seat unoccupied, view the following Parameter Identifications (PIDs) and record the data displayed by each:
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR1 (Seat Cushion Bladder 1)
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR2 (Seat Cushion Bladder 2)
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR3 (Seat Cushion Bladder 3)
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR4 (Seat Cushion Bladder 4)
    • PAS_SIDE_BLDR1 (Side Bolsters Bladder Pressure 1)
    • PAS_SIDE_BLDR2 (Side Bolsters Bladder Pressure 2)
  • Record the value displayed by each PID . Compare the values of the seat cushion bladders to the values indicated by the side bolster bladders.

Do the seat cushion bladder Parameter Identifications (PIDs) all read within 0.2 psi of the side bolster bladder Parameter Identifications (PIDs)?
Yes Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the OCSM self-test and VERIFY that operating the seat cushion bladders did not clear the DTC . If DTC was not retrieved during the self-test, GO to BB5.
If DTC B00A0:62 is still present, CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BB5
No One or more bladders are not deflating properly. DIAGNOSE the seat cushion massage system concern.
REFER to: Front Seats (501-10A Front Seats, Diagnosis and Testing).

BB4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Inspect for obstructions under the front passenger seat. Remove any obstructions or foreign objects that might come in contact with the seat.
  • Inspect for damaged components under the front passenger seat. Repair any damage found.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out OCSM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B00A0:62 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test. GO to BB2
No Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BB5

BB5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Clear all OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Clear all RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • While sitting in the front passenger seat, activate the front passenger seat cushion massage function using the FDIM (touchscreen).
    • Refer to the Owner's Literature for information about activating and adjusting the seat cushion massage feature.
  • Verify that the front passenger seat cushion massage operates correctly. Turn off the seat cushion massage and wait 2 minutes.
  • Cycle the ignition from on to off and back to on. After turning the ignition on, allow at least 30 seconds for the OCSM to carry out a system self-check. Repeat this step 5 more times.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and, if equipped, BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BC: OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) CONCERNS

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCS sensor is internal to the OCSM and cannot be serviced separately. REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B00C0:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor 'A': Circuit Short To Ground This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .
OCSM B00C0:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor 'A': Circuit Short To Battery This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .
OCSM B00C0:16 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor 'A': Circuit Voltage Below Threshold This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .
OCSM B00C0:49 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor 'A': Internal Electronic Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .
OCSM B00C0:7B Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor 'A': Low Fluid Level This DTC sets if the OCSM senses that OCS sensor readings are too low.

Possible Sources

  • Incorrect OCS sensor installation
  • OCS sensor damaged
  • Passenger seat damaged.
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.
  • Inspect passenger seat for recent repairs.
BC1 CHECK THE OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) SENSOR INSTALLATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the passenger seat for damage or incorrect installation.
    REFER to: Front Seat (501-10A Front Seats, Removal and Installation).
  • Inspect the OCS sensor installation and make sure that the hardware is fully seated and tightened correctly.
  • Inspect the OCS sensor hose for kinks, damage, or improper routing.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
No INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BD: B00C2:11, B00C2:12

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) operates in conjunction with the OCS . The OCSM provides a reference voltage to the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS), which changes as it passes through the sensor, based on how much tension is applied to the seatbelt and Belt Tension Sensor (BTS).

The OCSM monitors the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) reference voltage circuit for a short to voltage or a short to ground.

If a fault is detected, the OCSM stores DTC B00C2:11 or B00C2:12 in memory and sends a message to the RCM over the HS-CAN2 indicating that an OCS fault is present. Upon receipt of this message, the RCM sets DTC B00A0:09 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B00C2:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor 'C': Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the OCSM senses a short to ground on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) reference voltage circuit.
OCSM B00C2:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor 'C': Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the OCSM senses a short to voltage on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) reference voltage circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) (part of passenger front seatbelt buckle)
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seatbelt buckle or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS).
  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seat cushion wiring harness.
  • Inspect for a loose or damaged OCSM or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) connector.
  • Inspect for a damaged OCSM .

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BD1 RETRIEVE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B00C2:11 or B00C2:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B00C2:11, GO to BD2
For DTC B00C2:12, GO to BD4
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to BD6

BD2 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the OCSM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the OCSM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) shares a connector with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch, and a passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit fault is also present in the RCM .

Was DTC B00C2:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to BD3
No INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BD7

BD3 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BD5
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BD7

BD4 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3300-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BD7
No GO to BD5

BD5 CONFIRM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all OCS system components, restraint system sensor electrical connectors and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect OCSM C3159 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • If previously directed to disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137, depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3137 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BD7
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BD6

BD6 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3300 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B00C2:11 or B00C2:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B00C2:11, GO to BD2
For DTC B00C2:12, GO to BD4
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other system in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to BD7

BD7 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BE: B1193:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to the vehicle being in a crash.

Possible Sources

  • RCM
BE1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the OCSM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new OCSM and impact sensors.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST BF: U0100:00

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCSM and RCM both use information contained in messages from the PCM sent on the HS-CAN2 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U0100:00 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM 'A': No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the PCM .
RCM U0100:00 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM 'A': No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the PCM .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • PCM
  • RCM
  • OCSM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BF1 VERIFY DIAGNOSTIC SCAN TOOL COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Connect the diagnostic scan tool.
  • Check that a vehicle session can be established using the diagnostic scan tool.

Can a vehicle session be established?
Yes If DTC U0100:00 was retrieved from the OCSM , GO to BF2
If DTC U0100:00 was retrieved from the RCM , GO to BF3
No To diagnose no communication with the PCM ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BF2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U0100:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BF4
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BF3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0100:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BF4
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BF4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE) KOEO (KEY ON, ENGINE OFF) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform PCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the PCM KOEO self-test.

Is DTC P0562 or P0563 recorded?
Yes DIAGNOSE the PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No If DTC U0100:00 was originally retrieved from the OCSM , GO to BF5
If DTC U0100:00 was originally retrieved from the RCM , GO to BF6

BF5 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to BF7

BF6 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to BF8

BF7 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0100:00 SET IN MODULES OTHER THAN THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0100:00 set in the ABS module or in the RCM ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new PCM . Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCSM .
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

BF8 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0100:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES OTHER THAN THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0100:00 set in the ABS module or in the OCSM ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new PCM . Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BG: U0151:00

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCSM uses information contained in messages from the RCM sent on the HS-CAN2 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U0151:00 Lost Communication With Restraints Control Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the RCM .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • OCSM
  • RCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

BG1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the RCM pass the network test?
Yes GO to BG2
No To diagnose no communication with the RCM ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BG2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U0151:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BG3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BG3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to BG4

BG4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to BG5

BG5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0151:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0151:00 set in the ABS module or in the BCM ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BH: U024C:00

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The OCSM uses information contained in messages from the SCMH sent on the HS-CAN2 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U024C:00 Lost Communication with Seat Control Module 'H': No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the SCMH .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • OCSM
  • SCMH

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

BH1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the SCMH pass the network test?
Yes GO to BH2
No To diagnose no communication with the SCMH ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BH2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U024C:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BH3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BH3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to BH4

BH4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
No GO to BH5

BH5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U024C:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U024C:00 set in the ABS module or in the BCM ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new SCMG .
REFER to: Driver Multi-Contour Seat Module [SCMG] - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-10A Front Seats, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BI: U0401:00

NOTE: This DTC sets in a module that is reporting a missing or invalid message from another module on the data bus. The module that reports the fault is not the problem module. Do not install a new OCSM as part of the repair unless directed to do so in a pinpoint test.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCSM receives data messages from the PCM through the GWM .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the PCM .

Possible Sources

  • OCSM
  • PCM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BI1 RETRIEVE ALL CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS) IN ALL MODULES

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform PCM self-test.
  • Record the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved.

Are any PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST BJ: U3000:41, U3000:42, U3000:46

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCS sensor is internal to the OCSM and cannot be serviced separately. REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U3000:41 Control Module: General Checksum Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .
OCSM U3000:42 Control Module: General Memory Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .
OCSM U3000:46 Control Module: Calibration/Parameter Memory Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .

Possible Sources

  • OCSM
  • OCS sensor

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BJ1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury. Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new OCSM and impact sensors.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST BK: U3000:54

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCS sensor is internal to the OCSM and cannot be serviced separately. REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U3000:54 Control Module: Missing Calibration This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM .

Possible Sources

  • Incorrect OCS sensor installation
  • OCS sensor damaged
  • Passenger seat damaged.
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.
  • Inspect passenger seat for recent repairs.

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BK1 PERFORM OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) RESET
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCS Reset.
  • Be careful to follow all instructions on the diagnostic scan tool

Was the OCS Reset successful?
Yes The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.
No GO to BK2

BK2 CHECK THE OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) SENSOR INSTALLATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the passenger seat for damage or incorrect installation.
    REFER to: Front Seat (501-10A Front Seats, Removal and Installation).
  • Inspect the OCS sensor installation and make sure that the hardware is fully seated and tightened correctly.
  • Inspect the OCS sensor hose for kinks, damage, or improper routing.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
No GO to BK3

BK3 RETRIEVE OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCS self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BL: B00A0:11, B00A0:12, B1123:11, B1123:12

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The BECMB provides battery voltage to the RCM and OCSM . The BECMB monitors each circuit for a short to voltage or a short to ground.

If a fault is detected, the BECMB stores the appropriate DTC in memory and sends a message to the RCM through the GWM indicating that a BECMB fault is present. Upon receipt of this message, the RCM sets DTC U0413:92 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BECMB B00A0:11 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the BECMB senses a short to ground on the OCSM voltage supply circuit.
BECMB B00A0:12 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the BECMB senses a short to voltage on the OCSM voltage supply circuit.
BECMB B1123:11 Restraints Ignition relay: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the BECMB senses a short to ground on the RCM voltage supply circuit.
BECMB B1123:12 Restraints Ignition relay: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the BECMB senses a short to voltage on the RCM voltage supply circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • BECMB
  • RCM
  • OCSM

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BL1 RETRIEVE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:11, B00A0:12, B1123:11 or B1123:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the self-test.
For DTC B00A0:11, GO to BL2
For DTC B00A0:12, GO to BL5
For DTC B1123:11, GO to BL8
For DTC B1123:12, GO to BL10
No This is an intermittent fault. GO to BL15

BL2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3159-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BL3
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BL16

BL3 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO GROUND
  • Connect BECMB C2518 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BL12
No GO to BL4

BL4 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect PAD Indicator C930 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new PAD Indicator.
REFER to: Overhead Console (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
GO to BL16
No GO to BL14

BL5 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3159 .
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3159-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BL16
No GO to BL6

BL6 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect BECMB C2518 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BL7
No GO to BL14

BL7 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A SHORT TO POWER
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect PAD Indicator C930 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new PAD Indicator.
REFER to: Overhead Console (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
GO to BL16
No GO to BL14

BL8 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-19   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BL9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BL16

BL9 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO GROUND
  • Connect BECMB C2518 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B1123:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BL12
No GO to BL13

BL10 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-19   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BL16
No GO to BL11

BL11 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect BECMB C2518 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B1123:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BL12
No GO to BL13

BL12 CONFIRM THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded and modules will be unresponsive.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BECMB .
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BL16
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BL15

BL13 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all BECMB , OCSM and RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded and modules will be unresponsive.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect BECMB C2518 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM .
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BL16
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BL15

BL14 CONFIRM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all BECMB , OCSM and RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded and modules will be unresponsive.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect OCSM C3159 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Connect BECMB C2518 (if previously disconnected) .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BL16
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BL15

BL15 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • For DTC B00A0:11 or B00A0:12, disconnect OCSM C3159.
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • For DTC B1123:11 or B1123:12, disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • For DTC B00A0:11 or B00A0:12, connect OCSM C3159.
  • For DTC B1123:11 or B1123:12, connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect BECMB C2518 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B00A0:11, B00A0:12, B1123:11 or B1123:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the self-test.
For DTC B00A0:11, GO to BL2
For DTC B00A0:12, GO to BL5
For DTC B1123:11, GO to BL8
For DTC B1123:12, GO to BL10
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other system in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to BL16

BL16 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BM: B1142:62, B11D9:13, B13BF:14

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The BECMB provides battery voltage to the RCM and OCSM . The BECMB compares HS-CAN1 messages to ignition voltage inputs. If the status of the HS-CAN1 message and the voltage input do not match, the BECMB sets a DTC .

If a fault is detected, the BECMB stores the appropriate DTC in memory and sends a message to the RCM through the GWM and , indicating that a BECMB fault is present. Upon receipt of this message, the RCM sets DTC U0413:92 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BECMB B1142:62 Ignition Status 1: Signal Compare Failure A fault is indicated when the status of the hard-wired ignition input to the BECMB does not match the ignition status reported on the HS-CAN1 .
BECMB B11D9:13 Vehicle Battery: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the voltage on the battery input circuit to the BECMB is less than a pre-determined threshold.
BECMB B13BF:14 Run/Start Input: Circuit Short To Ground Or Open A fault is indicated when the hard-wired ignition input to the BECMB is inactive, but the BECMB receives an ignition status on the HS-CAN1 that contradicts the hard-wired input status.

Possible Sources

  • BCM fuses 10 (10A) and 15 (15A)
  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • BECMB

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BM1 RETRIEVE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was DTC B1142:62, B11D9:13 or B13BF:14 retrieved during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the self-test.
For DTC B11D9:13, GO to BM2
For DTC B1142:62 or B13BF:14, GO to BM3
No The fault is intermittent. GO to BM7

BM2 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) BATTERY INPUT CIRCUIT FOR VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2518-11   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 11 volts?
Yes GO to BM3
No VERIFY that BCM fuse 10 (10A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the open circuit. If not OK, REFER to the Wiring Diagrams manual to identify the possible causes of the circuit short.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BM8

BM3 RETRIEVE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Are any ignition-related BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved during self-test?
Yes DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing). CLEAR the BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the BECMB self-test. If DTC B1142:62 or B13BF:14 is retrieved during self-test, GO to BM4
No If the BCM does not respond to the scan tool,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing). GO to BM4

BM4 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) IGNITION INPUT CIRCUIT FOR VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2518-4   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 11 volts?
Yes GO to BM5
No VERIFY that BCM fuse 15 (15A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the open circuit. If not OK, REFER to the Wiring Diagrams manual to identify the possible causes of the circuit short.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BM8

BM5 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) IGNITION INPUT CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove BCM fuse 15 (15A).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2518-4   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BM8
No TURN OFF the ignition. INSTALL BCM fuse 15 (15A). GO to BM6

BM6 CONFIRM THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all OCS components, restraint system sensor electrical connectors and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BECMB .
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BM7

BM7 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS .
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BECMB C2518 .
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BECMB C2518 .
  • Repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B1142:62 or B13BF:14 retrieved during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the self-test.
GO to BM3
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other system in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to BM8

BM8 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS , repower the SRS . Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM , OCSM and, if equipped, BECMB . Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM , OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BN: U0100:87

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The BECMB uses information contained in messages from the PCM sent on the HS-CAN1 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BECMB U0100:87 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM 'A': Missing Message This DTC sets if the BECMB does not receive an expected message from the PCM .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • PCM
  • BECMB
  • Incorrect BECMB configuration
  • Incorrect BECMB installed

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

BN1 VERIFY DIAGNOSTIC SCAN TOOL COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Connect the diagnostic scan tool.
  • Check that a vehicle session can be established using the diagnostic scan tool.

Can a vehicle session be established?
Yes GO to BN2
No To diagnose no communication with the PCM ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BN2 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Is DTC U0100:87 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BN3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BN3 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B)
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the BECMB part number.
  • Check the recorded part number against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog.

Does the recorded part number match the number listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes GO to BN4
No INSTALL the correct BECMB and use As-Built data when carrying out PMI .
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BN6

BN4 VERIFY THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) CONFIGURATION
  • Carry out PMI for the BECMB . Manually enter As-Built data. Refer to the diagnostic scan tool instructions when carrying out PMI .
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Is DTC U0100:87 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BN5
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC was caused by an incorrect RCM configuration. GO to BN6

BN5 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE) KOEO (KEY ON, ENGINE OFF) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform PCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the PCM KOEO self-test.

Is DTC P0562 or P0563 recorded?
Yes DIAGNOSE the PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No GO to BN6

BN6 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0100:00 SET IN MODULES OTHER THAN THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0100:00 set in the ABS module or in the RCM ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new PCM . Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BECMB .
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BO: U0140:87

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The BECMB uses information contained in messages from the BCM sent on the HS-CAN1 .

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BECMB U0140:87 Lost Communication With Body Control Module: Missing Message This DTC sets if the BECMB does not receive an expected message from the BCM .

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • BCM
  • BECMB
  • Incorrect BECMB configuration
  • Incorrect BECMB installed

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BO1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the BCM pass the network test?
Yes GO to BO2
No To diagnose no communication with the BCM ,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BO2 CHECK THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Is DTC U0140:87 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BO3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BO3 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B)
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the BECMB part number.
  • Check the recorded part number against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog.

Does the recorded part number match the number listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes GO to BO4
No INSTALL the correct BECMB and use As-Built data when carrying out PMI .
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BO6

BO4 VERIFY THE BECMB (BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE B) CONFIGURATION
  • Carry out PMI for the BECMB . Manually enter As-Built data. Refer to the diagnostic scan tool instructions when carrying out PMI .
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BECMB self-test.

Is DTC U0140:87 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BO5
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC was caused by an incorrect BECMB configuration. GO to BO6

BO5 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the BCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes DIAGNOSE the BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing).
No GO to BO6

BO6 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0140:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0140:00 set in the ABS Module or in the IPC ?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BECMB .
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB , GSB , SSM or FSA . If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM .
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BP: U1000:00

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The BECMB uses solid state drivers, referred to as Field Effect Transistors (FET) to control the output of several vehicle systems. When an overload occurs on any of these drivers, the BECMB disables the output and tracks the number of repetitive faults on each of these circuits. The module compares this number of overloads to three progressive thresholds established for each circuit. At each threshold, DTC U1000:00 sets along with the DTC associated with the affected circuit. For additional information, REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BECMB U1000:00 Solid State Driver Protection Active -Driver Disabled: No Sub Type Information A continuous memory DTC that sets when the BECMB has disabled a circuit due to a repetitive circuit overload and a progressive threshold is met.

Possible Sources

  • BECMB output circuit short
  • RCM
  • OCSM

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BP1 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.
  • Record the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved.

Are any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present besides U1000:00?
Yes CORRECT the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST BQ: U2100:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BECMB U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to incomplete or improper PMI .

Possible Sources

  • Incomplete or improper PMI

  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BQ1 CARRY OUT PMI (PROGRAMMABLE MODULE INSTALLATION)
  • CHECK vehicle history for recent service actions related to the BECMB .

Were there any recent service actions with the BECMB ?
Yes REPEAT the PMI procedure as directed by the diagnostic scan tool using As-Built data.
No INSTALL a new BECMB . Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI .
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BR: U3000:49

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BECMB U3000:49 Control Module: Internal Electronic Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the BECMB .

Possible Sources

  • BECMB
BR1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the BECMB self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new BECMB and impact sensors.
REFER to: Battery Energy Control Module B (BECMB) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST BS: B1262:92

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
DDM B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation The DDM set this DTC when there is a fault with the ENS (Event Notification system).
PDM B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation The PDM set this DTC when there is a fault with the ENS (Event Notification system).

Possible Sources

  • OCSM
  • OCS sensor

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BS1 RETRIEVE ALL CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS) IN ALL MODULES

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, retrieve ALL Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
  • Record the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved.

Are any RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes REFER to the RCM DTC Chart in this section.
No For BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing). For Door Latch Module [DCMx] Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
REFER to: Locks, Latches and Entry Systems (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Diagnosis and Testing). For FCIM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), Refer to the appropriate section in Group 415 for the procedure.
For all other Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER the Master DTC Chart in section 100-00.

PINPOINT TEST BT: IPC (INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER) SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) INDICATOR FAULTS

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

If the RCM detects a fault with the SRS it sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the Airbag Waning indicator. If the IPC detects and fault with the Airbag Warning indicator, it will enable a secondary warning chime. For more information,REFER to: Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - System Operation and Component Description (413-01 Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes, Description and Operation).

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • IPC
  • RCM
  • Other SRS components

  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.

NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.

NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.

NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS .

NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.

NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.

BT1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the RCM and IPC pass the network test?
Yes GO to BT2
No
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BT2 RETRIEVE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM and IPC self-tests.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved during RCM or IPC self-test?
Yes For RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
For IPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
REFER to: Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes (413-01 Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes, Diagnosis and Testing).
No
REFER to: Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes (413-01 Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes, Diagnosis and Testing).


    Description and Operation - Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description

    S..

    General Procedures - Clockspring Adjustment

    Special Tool(s) / General Equipment Adhesive Tape   WARNING: If the clockspring is not correctly centralized, it may fail prematurely...

    Other information:

    Lincoln Corsair 2020-2024 Service Manual: General Procedures - Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection


    Special Tool(s) / General Equipment Feeler Gauge Cleaning Clean the exhaust manifold using a suitable solvent. Use a plastic scraping tool to clean the gasket sealing surfaces. Inspection NOTE: New exhaust manifold gaskets, studs, nuts and/or bolts must be installed when an exhaust manifold is serviced...

    Lincoln Corsair 2020-2024 Service Manual: Removal and Installation - Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Back Pressure Sensor


    Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric CompoundXG-3-A ESA-M1C200-AESE-M1C171-A  Removal NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details. NOTE: Do not pull the engine appearance cover forward or sideways to remove...

    Categories

    Autowipers (IF EQUIPPED)

    Wet or winter driving conditions with ice, snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing.

    Lincoln Corsair. Autowipers (IF EQUIPPED)

    Autowipers On. High sensitivity. Low sensitivity.

    read more

    Copyright © 2024 www.licorsair.com